started nl.po

1 files changed, 11299 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..62406663
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po
@@ -0,0 +1,11299 @@
+# Copyright (C) 2013, Mageia
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
+# Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>, 2013.
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-10-09 20:58+0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-09 22:17+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@nl.mageia.org>\n"
+"Language: nl\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
+msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
+msgstr "Toegang tot gedeelde stations en mappen over WebDAV"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --dav"
+msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--dav1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--dav-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt dit hulpmiddel op de commandoregel starten, door als root "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> te typen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
+"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit gereedschap<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> vindt u in het "
+"Mageia Configuratiecentrum, onder de \"Gedeeld netwerk\" tab, onder het "
+"label <guilabel>Gedeelde WebDAV-bronnen configureren</guilabel>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introductie"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
+"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
+"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
+"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is een "
+"protocol dat het mogelijk maakt een map op een webserver lokaal te koppelen, "
+"zodat het zich als een lokale map gedraagt. Voorwaarde is, dat de externe "
+"machine een WebDAV server draait. Het configureren van een WebDAV server is "
+"niet het doel van dit gereedschap."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
+msgid "Creating a new entry"
+msgstr "Een nieuwe ingang maken"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
+"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new "
+"entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het eerste scherm van het hulpmiddel laat de reeds geconfigureerde ingangen "
+"zien, indien aanwezig, en een <guibutton>\"Nieuw\"</guibutton> toets. Gebruik "
+"die om een nieuwe ingang te creëren. Geef de URL van de server in het nieuwe "
+"scherm."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions.  Continue "
+"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
+"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
+"it, if needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Vervolgens krijgt u een scherm met keuzerondjes waar u bepaalde acties kunt "
+"selecteren.  Ga, door het  betreffende keuzerondje te selecteren en dan op <"
+"guibutton>\"OK\"</guibutton> te klikken, verder met de actie <guibutton>"
+"\"Koppelpunt\"</guibutton>. De <guibutton>Server</guibutton> is reeds "
+"geconfigureerd. Indien nodig kunt u deze echter corrigeren."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
+"point."
+msgstr "De inhoud van de externe map zal via dit koppelpunt toegankelijk zijn."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
+"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef in de volgende stap, na het keuzerondje \"Opties\" te selecteren, uw "
+"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord. Indien u nog andere opties nodig heeft, klik "
+"dan in het Koppel-opties-scherm op <guibutton>\"Geavanceerd\"</guibutton>."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--dav4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
+"access."
+msgstr ""
+"Het keuzerondje <guibutton>Koppelen</guibutton> laat u de externe map "
+"onmiddellijk aankoppelen."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button "
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new "
+"mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are "
+"asked to save or not the modifications in "
+"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the "
+"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for "
+"one-time usage, do not save it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nadat u de configuratie geaccepteerd heeft door op het keuzerondje <guibutton>"
+"\"Klaar\"</guibutton> te klikken, ziet u het beginscherm weer met uw nieuwe "
+"koppelpunt erop. Als u <guibutton>\"Afsluiten\"</guibutton> kiest, wordt u "
+"gevraagd of u de aanpassingen in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis> wilt "
+"bewaren. Kies hiervoor als u wilt dat de externe map elke keer dat u uw "
+"computer start, beschikbaar is. Kies \"Nee\" als uw configuratie slechts voor "
+"éénmalig gebruik is."
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
+msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
+msgstr "Uw schijfpartities delen"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
+msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"diskdrake--fileshare-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--fileshare.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"diskdrake--fileshare-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> "
+"</imageobject>"
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
+"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
+"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
+"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
+"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
+"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
+"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
+"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
+"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
+"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
+"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
+"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
+"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>.  "
+"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
+"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
+"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
+"required packages will be installed if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen.  In "
+"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
+"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
+"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
+"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
+"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
+"about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
+"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
+"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
+"have this facility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:3 en/mcc-boot.xml:3 en/mcc-hardware.xml:2 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:3 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:2 en/mcc-networksharing.xml:2 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/mcc-security.xml:3 en/mcc-sharing.xml:2 en/mcc-system.xml:2 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
+msgid "en"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
+msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
+msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"2\" xml:id=\"diskdrake--nfs-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
+msgid "."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
+"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at "
+"boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session "
+"for a user with tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
+msgid "Procedure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
+"which share directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
+"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
+"to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
+"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
+"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:72 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will "
+"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This "
+"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is "
+"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for "
+"example in dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--nfs6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "CD/DVD burner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
+msgid "diskdrake --removable"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"diskdrake--removable-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"diskdrake--removable.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:12 en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
+msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
+msgid "diskdrake --smb"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
+"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
+"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
+"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
+"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
+"tools such as file browsers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
+"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
+"share directories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
+"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
+"have to specify where to mount the directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
+"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
+"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
+"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
+"with the same button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
+"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
+"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
+"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in "
+"dolphin."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"diskdrake--smb5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:3
+msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:5
+msgid "drak3d"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"drak3d.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
+"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
+"default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:25
+msgid "Getting Started"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
+"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
+"start."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window.  Here you "
+"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
+"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a "
+"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special "
+"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn "
+"it on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
+"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
+"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drak3d-im3\" "
+"fileref=\"drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
+"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
+"for the changes to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
+"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager)  tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:59
+msgid "Troubleshooting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:62
+msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
+"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
+"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drak3d.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
+"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
+"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
+"log in problem."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:9
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:11
+msgid "drakauth"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakauth.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakauth-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
+"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakauth.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
+"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
+"and give information about that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up boot system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:5
+msgid "drakboot --boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakboot--boot.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakboot--boot-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
+"boot, etc.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set "
+"up boot system\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing.  Changing "
+"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and "
+"with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are "
+"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot "
+"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The "
+"boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can "
+"prevent you machine from booting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
+"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in "
+"seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available "
+"operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is "
+"made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
+"possible to set a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:46
+msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:49
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
+"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
+"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
+"compatible."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:56
+msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
+"multicore processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
+"processor and enable SMP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local "
+"APIC:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69
+msgid ""
+"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
+"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
+"APIC. This one routes the interrupts it receives them from peripheral buses "
+"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
+"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
+"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
+"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
+"APIC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:78
+msgid "<guibutton>Clean /tmp at each boot:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"If checked, this option will empty the /tmp directory at each boot, "
+"preventing it from become too big and clearing the trackings that don't need "
+"to be kept."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:85
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"In the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen, you can see the list of all the "
+"available entries at boot time. The default one is asterisked. To change the "
+"order of the menu entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the "
+"selected item. If you click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or "
+"<guibutton>Modify </guibutton>buttons, a new window appears to add a new "
+"entry in the Grub menu or to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar "
+"with Lilo or Grub to be able to use these tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:99
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakboot2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
+"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
+"example: Mageia3."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:108
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
+"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
+"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
+"the kernel at boot time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
+"entry by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot--boot.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
+"chose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
+"file and a Network profile in the drop-down lists. (Complements needed)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:3
+msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:6
+msgid "drakboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakboot-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakboot.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
+"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
+"asking for any password. It's called autologin.  This is generally a good "
+"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
+"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:26
+msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system "
+"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the "
+"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be "
+"possible to launch the graphic interface manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakboot.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
+"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
+"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
+"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
+"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
+"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:3
+msgid "Manage date and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:5
+msgid "drakclock"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakclock.png\" xml:id=\"drakclock-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
+"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and "
+"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a "
+"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:21
+msgid "It's a very simple tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is "
+"September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue)  "
+"and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little "
+"arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on "
+"its number."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time "
+"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on "
+"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
+"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
+"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
+"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
+"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
+"your desktop environment settings for that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
+"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
+"nearest town."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakclock.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
+"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
+"settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "Remove a connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
+msgid "drakconnect --del"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconnect--del-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect--del.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
+"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
+"successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
+msgid "drakconnect"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakconnect-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakconnect.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
+"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
+"your access provider or your network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
+"and provider you have."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
+msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"The first window lists the interfaces which are available.  Select the one "
+"to configure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
+msgid "Automatic IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:61
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
+msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
+msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
+msgid "the DHCP client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
+msgid "DHCP timeout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
+msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
+msgid ""
+"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
+"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP "
+"address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
+"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
+msgid "Manual configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
+"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
+"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your service provider's website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be "
+"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define "
+"this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:135
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect30.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 en/drakconnect.xml:780
+msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
+msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
+"can write this help, please contact <link "
+"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc "
+"team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
+msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
+msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
+"and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
+"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default.  "
+"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
+"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
+"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
+"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
+"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
+"attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your "
+"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is "
+"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be "
+"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define "
+"this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:272
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect32.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
+msgid "A new DSL connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
+msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
+msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
+msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
+msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
+msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
+msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
+msgid "Access settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
+msgid "Account Login (user name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
+msgid "Account password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
+msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
+msgid "A new ISDN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
+msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
+msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
+msgid "External ISDN modem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
+msgid ""
+"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and "
+"manufacturer. Select your card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
+msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
+msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries.  Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave "
+"you. Then it is asked for parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
+msgid "Connection name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
+msgid "Phone number"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
+msgid "Login ID"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
+msgid "Authentication method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
+msgid ""
+"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
+"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
+"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
+"put:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
+msgid "Domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
+msgid "First and second DNS Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
+msgid ""
+"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
+"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
+msgid ""
+"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
+"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
+"IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
+msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
+msgid ""
+"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
+"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure.  Use ndiswrapper "
+"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
+"the card has detected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
+msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:483
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect31.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
+msgid "Operating mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
+msgid "Managed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
+msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
+msgid "Ad-Hoc"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
+msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
+msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
+msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
+msgid "WPA/WPA2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
+msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
+msgid "WEP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
+msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
+msgid "Encryption key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
+msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
+msgid ""
+"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
+"manual IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
+"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
+"below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here.  If no HOSTNAME is "
+"specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The "
+"Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
+"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
+msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
+msgid ""
+"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
+"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
+"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
+"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
+"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is "
+"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
+msgid ""
+"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search "
+"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, "
+"before the period."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
+msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
+"configure it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
+msgid "The PIN number is asked. Keep left if this PIN number is not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
+msgid "Provide access settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
+msgid "Access Point Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
+msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
+msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
+msgid "Manual choice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
+msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
+msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
+"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
+msgid ""
+"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
+"provider. If it is not listed, select the option "
+"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider "
+"gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
+msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
+msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
+msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
+msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
+msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
+msgid "PAP/CHAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
+msgid "Script-based"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
+msgid "PAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
+msgid "Terminal-based"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
+msgid "CHAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
+msgid "Ending the configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
+msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
+msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
+msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
+msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
+msgid ""
+"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
+"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
+"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
+msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
+msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
+msgid "MTU"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
+msgid "Network Hotplugging"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
+msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
+"immediately or not."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconnect.xml:840
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakconnect9.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
+msgid "Open a console as administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
+msgid "drakconsole"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakconsole-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakconsole.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
+"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
+"information about that."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:8
+msgid "Manage disk partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:10
+msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskBackup-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakdiskBackup.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
+"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
+"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
+"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on "
+"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
+"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"drakdisk-im1\" fileref=\"drakdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
+"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
+"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
+"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear "
+"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete "
+"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a "
+"partition."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
+"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
+"must be unmounted first."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:51
+msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
+"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
+"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
+"is selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
+msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakdiskMountedPartition-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakdiskMountedPartition.png\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
+"gives some extra available actions, like labelling the partition, as can be "
+"seen in the screenshot below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted-im1\" align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:5
+msgid "Set up display manager"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:7
+msgid "drakedm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakedm-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakedm.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
+"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
+"on your system will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakedm.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look "
+"different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM "
+"is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
+msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
+msgid "drakfirewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"drakfirewall.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" xml:id=\"drakfirewall-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
+"firewall\". it is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
+"security, permissions and audit\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
+"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
+"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
+"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
+"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
+"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
+"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
+"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
+"examples :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
+msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
+msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
+msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
+"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:43
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
+"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
+"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
+"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
+"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
+"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
+"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
+"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
+"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
+"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
+msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:68
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:74
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakfirewall4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
+"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
+"packages are downloaded."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
+"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "DrakFloppy: Creating a Boot Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:8 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:725
+msgid "boot disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:10
+msgid "creating"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:12
+msgid "applications"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:14
+msgid "DrakFloppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"../drakfloppy-icon.png\" "
+"width=\"2cm\" format=\"PNG\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><abstract><para>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/>If you did not "
+"create a boot disk when you installed your system, this tool allows you to "
+"do so. This is also a rescue disk which allows you to perform maintenance "
+"tasks on your system in case of failure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:28
+msgid "Using DrakFloppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"If you want to create a <quote>default</quote> boot disk, that is, one that "
+"is based on your current kernel, all you have to do is insert a floppy disk "
+"in the appropriate floppy drive, select that drive from the "
+"<guilabel>Device</guilabel> pull-down list and press the "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button. A dialog will pop up and remind you that a "
+"diskette must be inserted in the drive. Accept it to create the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If you want to customize your boot disk, you will have to hit the "
+"<guibutton>Preferences</guibutton> button and a window will pop up (see "
+"<xref linkend=\"drakfloppy-custom-disk\"></xref>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:47
+msgid "Making a Custom Boot Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"2\" "
+"fileref=\"drakfloppy-custom-disk.png\" align=\"center\" width=\"11.5cm\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakfloppy-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:46 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:25 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:158 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:9 en/scannerdrake.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" "
+"id=\"1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakfloppy-sect1.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"The window has two sections: one containing check boxes with options for "
+"<command>mkinitrd</command>, and another one with the modules "
+"<quote>tree</quote>. Select the modules you need to be added to the "
+"floppy. In this example, we want to use the <acronym>IDE</acronym> tape "
+"module and pre-load it. Use the <guibutton>Remove a module</guibutton> "
+"button to remove the currently selected module. When you are done "
+"customizing the boot disk press the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, return "
+"to <application>drakfloppy</application>'s window and then proceed as "
+"indicated above to create the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:3
+msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:6
+msgid "drakfont"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakfont-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakfont.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
+"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
+"above shows:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:22
+msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:26
+msgid "a preview of the selected font."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:30
+msgid "some buttons explained here later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:36
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: <emphasis/></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
+"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:41
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly)  able "
+"to use the fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:46
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place.  Be "
+"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
+"documents that use them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:52
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
+"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select "
+"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> "
+"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakfont.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
+"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:3
+msgid "Parental Controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:5
+msgid "drakguard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakguard.png\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"drakguard-im1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental "
+"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the "
+"drakguard package (not installed by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:21
+msgid "Presentation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
+"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
+"useful capabilities:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
+"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
+"only execute what you accept them to execute."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through "
+"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the "
+"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental "
+"control blocker DansGuardian."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:49
+msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
+"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
+"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
+"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
+"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
+"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
+"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
+"then suggest you reboot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
+"control is enable and the Block programm tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
+"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
+"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
+"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
+"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
+"not inconvenienced. Select an user in the left hand side and click "
+"on<guibutton> Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user.  Select an "
+"user in the right hand side and click on<guibutton> Remove</guibutton> to "
+"remove him/her from the allowed users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Time control: </guibutton>If checked, internet access is allowed "
+"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
+"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
+"window.<guibutton/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:82
+msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:89
+msgid "Block Programs Tab"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
+"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
+"applications you wish to block."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/drakguard.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
+"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:9
+msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:12
+msgid "drakgw"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakgw.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakgw-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:25
+msgid "Principles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:28
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakgw-net.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
+"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
+"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
+"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
+"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
+"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
+"the Internet (2)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
+"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:45
+msgid "Gateway wizard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
+"which are shown below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
+"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
+"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
+"what is proposed is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
+"one, check that this is correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
+"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
+"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed.  Otherwise, you have to "
+"specify the address of a DNS server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
+"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
+"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
+"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
+"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
+"printers and to share them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:109
+msgid "Configure the client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
+"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
+"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
+"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
+"using."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
+"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
+"gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:123
+msgid "Stop connection sharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakgw.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
+"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the "
+"sharing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
+msgid "Hosts definitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
+msgid "drakhosts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"drakhosts.png\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"drakhosts-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed "
+"IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
+"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
+"instead of the IP-address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
+msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
+"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
+"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
+msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
+"same window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
+msgid "drakinvictus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakinvictus-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakinvictus.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
+msgid "Network Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
+msgid "draknetcenter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"draknetcenter.png\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"draknetcenter-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
+"Center\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
+"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
+"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
+"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
+"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
+"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
+"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-on.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterEthernet-off.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-off.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenterWireless-on.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
+"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
+"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network "
+"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
+"connected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
+"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal "
+"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and "
+"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then "
+"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> "
+"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network "
+"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings "
+"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption "
+"key in particular)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
+msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
+msgid "The Monitor button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
+msgid ""
+"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
+"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
+"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
+"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
+"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
+"gives details about connection status."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic "
+"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
+msgid "The Configure button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to change all the settings given during network "
+"creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
+"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
+"configuration may give better results."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
+"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
+"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
+"available from your providers website."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
+"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
+"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
+"have to reconnect to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network "
+"Manager:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
+msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:147
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
+msgid "Only the item not already seen above are explained."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:157
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
+msgid ""
+"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
+"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected.  "
+"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
+"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
+msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know this settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
+"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
+"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
+"in private networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
+"point while remaining connected to the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
+msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetcenter.xml:208
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draknetcenter7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "Manage different network profiles"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
+msgid "draknetprofile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draknetprofile-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draknetprofile.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:9
+msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:11
+msgid "draknfs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:24
+msgid "Prerequisites"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
+"first time, it may display the following message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:33
+msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:42
+msgid "Main window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
+"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
+"configuration tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:50
+msgid "Modify entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
+"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs4.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:64
+msgid "NFS Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
+"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:72
+msgid "Host access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:77
+msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
+"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:86
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
+"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
+"domain cs.foo.edu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
+"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
+"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:96
+msgid "User ID Mapping"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:98
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
+"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
+"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
+"the server itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root "
+"squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients "
+"(no_root_squash)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
+"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
+"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
+"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:113
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
+"the anonymous account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:118
+msgid "Advanced options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
+"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024).  This option "
+"is on by default."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
+"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
+"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
+"using this option."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:129
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
+"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
+"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
+"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
+"exports(5) man page for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:202
+msgid "Menu entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:143
+msgid "So far the list is has at least one entry."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:146
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draknfs5.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draknfs-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:208
+msgid "File|Write conf"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:155
+msgid "Save the current configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:159
+msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:166
+msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:230
+msgid ""
+"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
+msgid "Proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
+msgid "drakproxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakproxy.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakproxy-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
+"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
+"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
+"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
+"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application)  that acts as "
+"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
+"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
+"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
+"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
+"simplify and control their complexity."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
+msgid "Configure Media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
+msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  2013-01-06 marja - added Qilaq's and spturtle's corrections
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakrpm-edit-media-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"drakrpm-edit-media.png\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (as known as "
+"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
+"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
+"below)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:17 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:32 en/XFdrake.xml:36 en/XFdrake.xml:75 en/XFdrake.xml:89
+msgid "<note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"Your system is running under an architecture than may be 32-bit called i586, "
+"or 64-bit called x86_64. Take care to choose repositories that suit your "
+"system or are not dependent of the architecture, these are called noarch "
+"packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:15 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:40 en/XFdrake.xml:79
+msgid "</note>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:34
+msgid "The columns"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:36
+msgid "Column Enable:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
+"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
+msgid "Column Update:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
+"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
+"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
+"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
+msgid "Column medium:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
+"versions contain at least:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
+"available supported by Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
+"which are not free"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
+"might be patent claims in some countries."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:70
+msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
+"this version of Mageia was released."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
+"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
+"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
+"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
+"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
+"corrections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:99
+msgid "The buttons on the right"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:102
+msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
+"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example)  since "
+"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:109
+msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
+"proxy)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
+msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Add the official repositories available on the internet. These repositories "
+"contains only sure and well tested software. Clicking on the add button "
+"opens a pop up window giving the choices of installing the \"Update sources "
+"only\" or the \"Full set of sources\". The first choice the essential, the "
+"second is more useful."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:122
+msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
+"in the displayed order and will install the first found package (for a same "
+"release number, if not, the last release will be installed).  So if "
+"possible, place the fastest repositories on the top."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:131 en/harddrake2.xml:64
+msgid "The menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:133
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
+msgid ""
+"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
+"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:138
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:140
+msgid ""
+"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
+"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
+"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them "
+"out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
+"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
+"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:150
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakrpmEditMedia2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
+"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
+"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:160
+msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
+"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:166
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
+"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
+"according to the medium type)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:173
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:175
+msgid ""
+"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" "
+"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define "
+"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
+"default-, update only, always or never)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:180
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182
+msgid ""
+"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
+"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
+"window that appear, select a medium and then click on "
+"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click "
+"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
+msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:190
+msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:192
+msgid ""
+"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
+"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
+"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:3
+msgid "Software Packages Update (OLD)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:3
+msgid "drakrpm-update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakrpm-update.xml:8
+msgid "DON'T USE THIS FILE, USE MageiaUpdate.xml INSTEAD!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
+msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
+msgid "draksambashare"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
+"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
+"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
+"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
+"resources of the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
+msgid "Preparation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
+"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
+"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter-ti1\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:43
+msgid ""
+", or at the DHCP server which identifies the station with its MAC-address "
+"and give it always the same address. The firewall has also to allow the "
+"incoming requests to the Samba server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:51
+msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
+"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
+"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare0.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare0-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
+"selected."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare1.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare1-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:78
+msgid ""
+"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
+"access to the shared resources."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
+"the network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare2.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare2-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:92
+msgid "Choose the security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
+"resource"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
+"each share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
+"addess or host name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare3.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare3-im1\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
+"described in the Windows workstations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare4.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare5.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
+"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in "
+"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare6.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im6\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:152
+msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare13.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
+"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
+"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
+"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
+"security mode:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:165
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
+"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository.  The centralized "
+"account repository is shared between (security)  controllers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:174
+msgid "Declare a directory to share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:176
+msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare15.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im7\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:185
+msgid ""
+"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the "
+"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether "
+"the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable.  The share "
+"name can not be modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"draksambashare16.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksambashare-im8\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:204
+msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:210
+msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:215
+msgid "Samba server|Configure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:217
+msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:221
+msgid "Samba server|Restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:228
+msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:236
+msgid "Printers share"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:238
+msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare17.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:240 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157 en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187 en/rpmdrake.xml:222
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:248
+msgid "Samba users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"draksambashare18.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/draksambashare.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
+"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
+"linkend=\"userdrake-ti1\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksec.xml:3
+msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksec.xml:6
+msgid "draksec"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksec.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksec-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksec.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
+"usually done by the administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
+"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
+"drop down list gives the choice between:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:29
+msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:34
+msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:39
+msgid "Root password: the root password is asked before the tool launching"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksec.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The default values depend of the chosen security level. See in the same MCC "
+"tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:3
+msgid "Snapshots"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:3
+msgid "draksnapshot-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"draksnapshot-config-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"draksnapshot-config.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"If you see the screen above when starting this tool, please close it. This "
+"crash has been reported many times."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can read more about the problem in this bug report: <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://bugs.mageia.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3032\">bug 3032</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"We shall replace the screenshot with a correct one of the tool, and fill "
+"this page with instructions about how to use it, when the bug is fixed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/draksound.xml:3
+msgid "Sound Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/draksound.xml:5
+msgid "draksound"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksound.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"draksound-im1\" "
+"fileref=\"draksound.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>.¶"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, including the driver choice, "
+"PulseAudio options and trouble shooting. It will help you if you experience "
+"sound problems or if you change the sound card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a "
+"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound "
+"card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"Most of the time, it is possible to choose a driver using the OSS or ALSA "
+"API. OSS is the oldest and very basic, we recommend to choose ALSA when "
+"possible for its enhanced features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
+"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
+"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
+"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
+"enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
+"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"The button <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> display a new windows with three "
+"buttons :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/draksound.xml:48
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Draksound1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"The first button gives total freedom of choice. You have to know what you "
+"are doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/draksound.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"The second one is obvious and the last one gives assistance with fixing any "
+"problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this before asking "
+"the community for help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakups.xml:3
+msgid "drakups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakups.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakups-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakups.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakups.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
+msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
+msgid "drakvpn"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"drakvpn-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"drakvpn1.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
+"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
+"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
+"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
+"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
+"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
+"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
+msgid "Then give your connection a name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
+msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
+msgid "For Cisco VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:47
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
+"first time the tools is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:58
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
+"received from the network administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
+msgid "Advanced parameters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:67
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"drakvpn8.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
+msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
+"connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
+"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
+"to this VPN."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "Configure webserver"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard apache2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_apache2-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_apache2.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard bind"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_bind-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_bind.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
+msgid "Configure DHCP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_dhcp-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_dhcp.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3
+msgid "Configure time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard ntp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_ntp-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_ntp.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "Configure FTP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_proftpd-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_proftpd.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3
+msgid "Configure proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard squid"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_squid-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_squid.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
+msgid "drakwizard sshd"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"drakwizard_sshd-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"drakwizard_sshd.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - License Terms of the Distribution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-license.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-acceptLicense-im1\" revision=\"3\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:204
+msgid "license"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Before continuing, you should "
+"carefully read the terms of the license. It covers the entire "
+"<application>Mageia</application> distribution. If you agree with all the "
+"terms it contains, select <guilabel>Accept</guilabel> and click on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. If not, clicking on <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> "
+"will reboot your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-acceptLicense-sect1.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you are curious about any technical changes which have occurred in the "
+"distribution since the last release, you can click on the <guibutton>Release "
+"Notes</guibutton> button to display them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Adding a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx-addUser.png\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-addUser-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:16
+msgid "users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:18
+msgid "adding"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is a multi-user system which means each "
+"user can have his or her own preferences, own files and so on. But unlike "
+"<literal>root</literal>, who is the system administrator, the <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>users you add at this point won't be authorized "
+"to change anything except their own files and their own configurations, "
+"protecting the system from unintentional or malicious changes which could "
+"have a serious impact on it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You will have to create at least one regular user for yourself — this is the "
+"account which you should use for routine, day-to-day usage. Although it's "
+"very easy to log in as <literal>root</literal> to do anything and "
+"everything, it may also be very dangerous! A very simple mistake could mean "
+"that your system won't work any more. If you make a serious mistake as a "
+"regular user, the worst that can happen is that you'll lose some "
+"information, but you won't affect the entire system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"The first field asks you for a real name. <application>DrakX</application> "
+"will use the first word you type in this field and copy it, all in "
+"lowercase, to the <guimenu>Login name</guimenu> field, which is the name "
+"this user will enter to log on to the system. You can override it and change "
+"the <guimenu>Login Name</guimenu>. The next step is to enter a "
+"password. From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user's "
+"password is not as crucial as the <literal>root</literal> password, but "
+"that's no reason to neglect it by making it blank or too simple: after all, "
+"<emphasis>your</emphasis> files could be the ones at risk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Once you click on <guimenu>Accept user</guimenu> you can add other "
+"users. Add a user for each one of your friends, your father, your sister, "
+"etc. Click <guimenu>Next</guimenu> when you're finished adding users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-addUser-sect1.xml:54 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:623
+msgid ""
+"Clicking the <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button allows you to change the "
+"default <literal>shell</literal> for that user "
+"(<application>bash</application> by default)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Choosing Mount Points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:532 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:534 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:22
+msgid "root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:15
+msgid "partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:15 en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24 en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:110 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:21 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:28 en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:442 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:472 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:482 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:502 en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:17
+msgid "partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard "
+"drive. You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for "
+"most common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define "
+"a <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/>root partition (<literal revision=\"3\">/</literal>). Do not "
+"choose too small a partition or you will not be able to install enough "
+"software. In most cases it is best to also create a <literal>/home</literal> "
+"partition, to store your data on (only possible if you have more than one "
+"Linux partition available)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Device\", \"Capacity\", \"Mount "
+"point\",\"Type\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"\"Device\", is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda5\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-ask_mntpoint_s-sect1.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"When the mount points are correct, or corrected, click "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>. You'll then be given the choice to format one "
+"or more of the partitions you just chose to install Mageia on. Usually, "
+"formatting <literal>/</literal> and saving <literal>/home</literal> (if the "
+"same partition was your <literal>/home</literal> before), is a good choice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-chooseCd-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Multiple CD-ROM Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-chooseCd-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Mandriva Linux</application> installation is distributed on "
+"several <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s. If a selected package is located on "
+"another <acronym>CD</acronym>, <application>DrakX</application> will eject "
+"the current <acronym>CD</acronym> and ask you to insert the required one. If "
+"you do not have the requested <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> at hand, just click "
+"on <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton>, and the corresponding packages will not be "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Choose Packages to Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:11
+msgid "Graphical Environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:31 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:48 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:72
+msgid "packages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:14
+msgid "graphical environment"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Graphical "
+"Environment</guilabel>: this is where you will choose your preferred "
+"graphical environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a "
+"graphical interface available."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:21
+msgid "Choose Package Groups to Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-choosePackages.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-choosePackages-im1\" revision=\"3\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:32
+msgid "installing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>It's now time to specify which "
+"programs you wish to install on your system. There are thousands of packages "
+"available for <application>Mageia</application>, and to make it simpler to "
+"manage, they have been placed into groups of similar applications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"<application>Mageia</application> sorts package groups into categories. You "
+"can mix and match applications from the various categories, so a "
+"<guilabel>Workstation</guilabel> installation can still have applications "
+"from the <guilabel>Server</guilabel> category installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:49
+msgid "workstation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Workstation</guilabel>: "
+"if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or more of the "
+"groups in this category. The special <literal>LSB</literal> group will "
+"configure your system so that it complies as much as possible with the <link "
+"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.linuxbase.org/\">Linux Standard Base Project</link> "
+"specifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:58
+msgid "server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Server</guilabel>: if "
+"your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the more common "
+"services you wish to install on your machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory "
+"text about that group."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:73
+msgid "individual selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"You can check the <guilabel>Individual package selection</guilabel> box, "
+"which is useful if you're familiar with the packages being offered or if you "
+"want to have total control over what will be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:82
+msgid ""
+"If you start the installation in <guilabel>Upgrade</guilabel> mode, you can "
+"deselect all groups and prevent the installation of any new packages. This "
+"is useful for repairing or updating an existing system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:91
+msgid "Minimal Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"If you deselect all groups when performing a regular installation (as "
+"opposed to an upgrade), a new dialog shows after pressing the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, suggesting different options for a "
+"minimal installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:101
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>With X</guilabel>: install the minimum number of packages possible "
+"to have a working graphical desktop."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:106
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>With basic documentation</guilabel>: installs the base system plus "
+"basic utilities and their documentation. This installation is suitable for "
+"setting up a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Truly minimal install</guilabel>: installs the absolute minimum "
+"number of packages necessary to get a working "
+"<application>Linux</application> system. With this installation you will "
+"only have a command-line interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:120
+msgid "Choosing Individual Packages to Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-choosePackagesTree.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-choosePackages-im2\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:130
+msgid ""
+"If you choose to install packages individually, the installer will present a "
+"tree structure containing all packages classified by groups and "
+"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups, subgroups, "
+"or individual packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:136
+msgid ""
+"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description will appear on the "
+"right to let you know the purpose of that package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically chose "
+"the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages, you "
+"will be asked to confirm that you really want those server packages to be "
+"installed. By default <application>Mageia</application> will automatically "
+"start any installed services (servers) at boot time. Even if they are safe "
+"and have no known issues at the time the distribution was shipped, it is "
+"entirely possible that security holes were discovered after this version of "
+"<application>Mageia</application> was finalized. If you don't know what a "
+"particular service is supposed to do or why it's being installed, then click "
+"<guibutton>No</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:157
+msgid "dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:158
+msgid "automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:156
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> The <guilabel>Show automatically "
+"selected packages</guilabel> option is used to disable the warning "
+"dialog. Those appear whenever the installer automatically selects a package "
+"to resolve a dependency issue.  Some packages depend on others and the "
+"installation of one particular package may require the installation of "
+"another one. The installer can determine which packages are required to "
+"satisfy a dependency and to successfully complete the installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-choosePackages-sect1.xml:170
+msgid ""
+"The little floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load or "
+"save the packages list. This is useful if you have a number of machines that "
+"you wish to configure identically. Click on this icon and select whether you "
+"wish to <guilabel>Load</guilabel> or <guilabel>Save</guilabel> the packages "
+"list, then select the medium in the following screen and click on the "
+"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Partitioning your Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-doPartitionDisks.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"You now need to decide where you want to install "
+"<application>Mageia</application> on your hard drive. If your hard drive is "
+"empty or if an existing operating system is using all the available space "
+"you will have to re-partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard "
+"drive means to logically divide it in order to create the space required for "
+"your new <application>Mageia</application> system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:15
+msgid "DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Because the process of "
+"partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible and can lead to data loss, "
+"partitioning can be intimidating and stressful for the inexperienced "
+"user. Fortunately, <application>DrakX</application> includes a wizard which "
+"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the "
+"rest of this section and, above all, take your time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the configuration of your hard drive, several options are "
+"available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Use free space</guibutton>. This option will perform an automatic "
+"partitioning of your blank drive(s). If you use this option there will be no "
+"further prompts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:46 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:352
+msgid "mount points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Use existing "
+"partitions</guibutton>. The wizard has detected one or more existing "
+"<application>Linux</application> partitions on your hard drive. If you want "
+"to use them, choose this option. You will then be asked to choose the mount "
+"points associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are "
+"selected by default, and for the most part it's a good idea to keep "
+"them. You will also be asked to choose the partitions to be formatted or "
+"preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Use the free space on the Windows partition</guibutton>. If "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> is installed "
+"on your hard drive, you might have to create free space for "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application>. To do so, you can delete your "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and "
+"data (see the <quote>Erase entire disk</quote> solution below) or resize "
+"your <acronym>FAT</acronym> or <acronym>NTFS</acronym> partition. Resizing "
+"can be performed without the loss of any data, <emphasis>provided you've "
+"previously defragmented the "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> "
+"partition. Backing up your data is strongly recommended</emphasis>. Using "
+"this option is recommended if you want to use both "
+"<application>Mageia</application> and "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on the same "
+"computer in a <emphasis>dual boot</emphasis> configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, "
+"the size of your "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition "
+"will be smaller than when you started, which means you will have less free "
+"space to store your data or to install new software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Erase entire disk</guibutton>. If you want to delete all data and "
+"all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, choose this option. Be warned that you "
+"won't be able to undo this operation after you confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:90 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:427
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this option, <emphasis>all</emphasis> data on your disk will "
+"be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Remove Windows(TM)</guibutton>. This option appears when the hard "
+"drive is entirely taken by "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>. Choosing "
+"this option will simply erase everything on the drive, partitioning "
+"everything from scratch."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:102 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:437
+msgid ""
+"If you choose this option, <emphasis>all</emphasis> data on your disk will "
+"be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:110
+msgid "custom"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-doPartitionDisks-sect1.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Custom disk "
+"partitioning</guibutton>. Choose this option if you want to manually "
+"partition your hard drive. Be careful: it is a powerful but dangerous choice "
+"and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is only "
+"recommended if you have performed custom disk partitioning before, and have "
+"enough <application>GNU/Linux</application> experience to know what you are "
+"doing. For more instructions on how to use the "
+"<application>DiskDrake</application> utility, refer to <phrase "
+"condition=\"Starter\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph1\"><xref "
+"linkend=\"diskdrake\"/></phrase><phrase condition=\"Discovery\" "
+"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph3\">the <citetitle "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ct1\">Managing Your "
+"Partitions</citetitle> section in the <citetitle>Starter "
+"Guide</citetitle></phrase><phrase condition=\"QSP\" "
+"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ph4\">the <citetitle "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-doPartitionDisks-ct2\">Managing Your "
+"Partitions</citetitle> section in the <citetitle>Starter "
+"Guide</citetitle></phrase>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - It's Done!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-exitInstall-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:225 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:779
+msgid "boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:14 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:780
+msgid "dual-boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>There you are. The installation is "
+"now complete and your <application>GNU/Linux</application> system is ready "
+"to be used. Just click on <guibutton>Reboot</guibutton> to restart the "
+"system. Don't forget to remove the installation media "
+"(<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> or floppy). The first thing you should see after "
+"your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader menu, "
+"which allows you to choose between the <acronym>OS</acronym>es your system "
+"can boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:23
+msgid "Advanced Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:26
+msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button shows more buttons to:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:32
+msgid "floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:33
+msgid "auto-install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Generate auto-install "
+"floppy</guibutton>: enables you to create an installation floppy disk which "
+"will automatically perform a whole installation, similar to the one just "
+"finished, without the help of an operator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"Note that two different options are available after clicking on that button:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:45 en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:15
+msgid "installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:45
+msgid "replay"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Replay</guibutton>. This is a partially automated "
+"installation. The partitioning step is the only interactive procedure."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:53
+msgid "automated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:51
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Automated</guibutton>. Fully automated installation: "
+"<emphasis>the hard disk is completely rewritten, all data is "
+"lost</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"This feature is very handy when installing on a number of similar "
+"machines. See the <link xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.mandrakelinux.com/drakx/auto_inst.html\">Auto "
+"install</link> section on our web site for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:73
+msgid "save package selection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"If you chose to save on a floppy, you will need a "
+"<acronym>FAT</acronym>-formatted floppy. To create one under "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application>, type <command>mformat a:</command> or, "
+"as root, <command>fdformat /dev/fd0</command> followed by <command>mkfs.vfat "
+"/dev/fd0</command>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guibutton>Save package "
+"selection</guibutton><placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"1\"/>: saves a list "
+"of the packages selected in this installation. The following screen shows "
+"you the possible media to use to save the package list onto: you might need "
+"to fill some parameters when you click on the <guilabel>Next</guilabel> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-exitInstal-sect1.xml:87
+msgid ""
+"To use this selection of packages with another installation, perform the "
+"installation as usual up to the point of the package selection, and choose "
+"to select individual packages, without worrying about the current package "
+"selection. Use the floppy icon and select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> "
+"option. Then choose the medium which contains the package list. Finally "
+"click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>: the list of packages you loaded will be "
+"selected and be installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Choose Partitions to Be Formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This step is available only if you chose to reuse existing "
+"<application>Linux</application> partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-formatPartitions-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:21 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:473
+msgid "formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>If you chose to reuse some legacy "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> partitions, you may wish to reformat "
+"some of them and erase any data they contain. To do so, please select those "
+"partitions as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:28 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:483
+msgid "pre-existing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Please note that it's not necessary to reformat all <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>pre-existing partitions. You must reformat the "
+"partitions containing the operating system (such as <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/usr</literal> or <literal>/var</literal>) but not the partitions "
+"containing data you wish to keep (typically <literal>/home</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After the formatting is "
+"completed, <emphasis>all data on the selected partitions will be "
+"deleted</emphasis> and you won't be able to recover it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> when you're ready to format the "
+"partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> if you want to choose other "
+"partitions for your new <application>Mageia</application> operating system "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:52 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:502
+msgid "bad blocks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-formatPartitions-sect1.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> if you wish to select partitions "
+"which will be checked for <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bad "
+"blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Installing Updates from the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-installUpdates.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-installUpdates-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:13 en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:14
+msgid "updates"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/>By the time you install <application>Mageia</application>, it's "
+"likely that some packages will have been updated since the initial "
+"release. Bugs may have been fixed, security issues resolved, etc. To allow "
+"you to benefit from these updates, you're now able to download them from the "
+"Internet. Select <guilabel>Yes</guilabel> if you have a working Internet "
+"connection and you want to install any updated packages now, or "
+"<guilabel>No</guilabel> if you prefer to install updated packages later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-installUpdates-sect1.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guilabel>Yes</guilabel> will display a list of web locations from "
+"which updates can be retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A tree "
+"containing package selections will appear: review the selection, and press "
+"<guibutton>Install</guibutton> to retrieve and install the selected "
+"package(s), or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-intro.xml:3
+msgid "About the Installer Help Manual"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-intro.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which "
+"screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make "
+"while installing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-intro.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">"
+"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-intro.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Security Level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-miscellaneous.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-miscellaneous-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:12 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:152
+msgid "security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:13
+msgid "level"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>At this point, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> allows you to choose your machine's "
+"security level. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set higher "
+"if the machine is to contain crucial data, or if it's to be directly exposed "
+"to the Internet. The trade-off is that a higher security level is generally "
+"obtained at the expense of ease of use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"If you don't know what to choose, keep the default option. You'll be able to "
+"change it later with the <application>draksec</application> tool<phrase "
+"condition=\"not-in-QSPlus\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakxid-miscellaneous-ph1\"> "
+"(see <xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>)</phrase>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-miscellaneous-sect1.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Fill the <guilabel>Security Administrator</guilabel> field with the e-mail "
+"address of the person responsible for security. Security-related messages "
+"will be sent to that address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Checking Miscellaneous Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:6
+msgid "Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-summary.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:29 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:38 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:68 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:74 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:95 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:118 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:134 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:153 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:161
+msgid "configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>As a review, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will present a summary of information it "
+"has gathered about your system. Depending on the hardware installed on your "
+"machine, you may have some or all of the following entries. Each entry is "
+"made up of the hardware item to be configured, followed by a quick summary "
+"of the current configuration. Click on the corresponding "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button to make any changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:28
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Timezone</guilabel>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>by "
+"default, <application>DrakX</application> deduces your time zone based on "
+"the country you have chosen. You can click on the "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button here if this is not correct."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:37
+msgid "country"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Country / "
+"Region</guilabel>: check the current country selection. If you're not in the "
+"country selected by <application>DrakX</application>, click on the "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button and choose another. If your country "
+"isn't in the list shown, click on the <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> "
+"button to get a complete country list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>: if you wish to change your bootloader "
+"configuration, click this button. This should be reserved to advanced "
+"users. Refer to the printed documentation or the in-line help about "
+"bootloader configuration in the <application>Mageia Control "
+"Center</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:57 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:223 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:225
+msgid "services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Services</guilabel>: "
+"with this entry you can fine tune which services will be run on your "
+"machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea to "
+"review this setup."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:67 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:324 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:18
+msgid "keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>: "
+"check the current keyboard map configuration and change it if necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:275 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:297 en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:12 en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:49
+msgid "mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Mouse</guilabel>: verify "
+"the current mouse configuration and click on the button to change it if "
+"necessary."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:94
+msgid "sound card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Sound card</guilabel>: "
+"if a sound card is detected on your system, it will be displayed here. If "
+"you notice the sound card isn't the one actually present on your system, you "
+"can click on the button and choose a different driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:117
+msgid "graphical interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:116
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Graphical "
+"Interface</guilabel>: by default, <application>DrakX</application> "
+"configures your graphical interface with a resolution that best matches your "
+"video card and monitor combination. If that doesn't suit you, or "
+"<application>DrakX</application> could not automatically configure it "
+"(<guilabel>not configured</guilabel> is displayed), click on "
+"<guibutton>Configure</guibutton> to reconfigure your graphical "
+"interface. You can click on <guibutton>Help</guibutton> from within the "
+"configuration wizard to benefit from full in-line help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:133 en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:143
+msgid "network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:132
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <guilabel>Network</guilabel>: if "
+"you wish to configure your Internet or local network access, you can do so "
+"from here. Refer to the printed documentation or use the <application>Mageia "
+"Control Center</application> after the installation has finished to benefit "
+"from full in-line help."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:144
+msgid "proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Proxies</guilabel>: "
+"allows you to configure <acronym>HTTP</acronym> and <acronym>FTP</acronym> "
+"proxy addresses if the machine you're installing on is to be located behind "
+"a proxy server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Security "
+"Level</guilabel>: this entry allows you to redefine the security "
+"level<phrase condition=\"Starter\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-ph1\"> as "
+"set in a previous step (see <xref "
+"linkend=\"drakxidmiscellaneous\"/>)</phrase>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:160
+msgid "firewall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:160
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><guilabel>Firewall</guilabel>: if "
+"you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good idea to "
+"protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult <phrase "
+"condition=\"Discovery\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph5\">the "
+"corresponding chapter of the <citetitle>Starter "
+"Guide</citetitle></phrase><phrase condition=\"Startonly\" "
+"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph6\" revision=\"2\"><xref "
+"linkend=\"tinyfirewall\"/></phrase><phrase "
+"condition=\"only-in-ML-Full-Manual\" xml:id=\"BIdNEW-drakx-misc-params-ph7\" "
+"revision=\"2\"><xref linkend=\"tinyfirewall\"/></phrase> for details about "
+"firewall settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:174
+msgid "Time Zone Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:179
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-configureTimezoneGMT.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im2\" revision=\"2\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:184
+msgid ""
+"This dialog appears after selecting a new time zone in the time zones "
+"list. After you've chosen the location nearest to your time zone, two more "
+"options are shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> manages time in <acronym>GMT</acronym> "
+"(Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to local time according to the time "
+"zone you selected. If the clock on your motherboard is set to local time, "
+"you may deactivate this by deselecting <guilabel>Hardware clock set to "
+"GMT</guilabel>, which will let <application>GNU/Linux</application> know "
+"that the system clock and the hardware clock are in the same time zone. This "
+"is useful when the machine also hosts another operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"The <guilabel>Automatic time synchronization</guilabel> option will "
+"automatically regulate the system clock by connecting to a remote time "
+"server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have a working "
+"Internet connection. We recommend that you choose a time server located near "
+"you or the generic <guilabel>World Wide</guilabel> entry which will select "
+"the best server for you. This option actually installs a time server which "
+"can be used by other machines on your local network as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:212
+msgid "Selecting Available Services at Boot Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:218
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-configureServices.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-misc-params-im5\" revision=\"2\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:223
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/>This dialog is used to select which services you wish to start at "
+"boot time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"<application>DrakX</application> will list all services available on the "
+"current installation. Review each of them carefully and uncheck those which "
+"aren't needed at boot time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:235
+msgid ""
+"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is "
+"selected. However, if you're not sure whether a service is useful or not, it "
+"is safer to leave the default behavior."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakx-misc-params-sect1.xml:242
+msgid ""
+"At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a "
+"server: you probably don't want to start any services which you don't "
+"need. Please remember that some services can be dangerous if they're enabled "
+"on a server. In general, select only those services you "
+"<emphasis>really</emphasis> need."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:3
+msgid "Installation with DrakX"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:9
+msgid "Deprecated - Introduction to the MandrakeSecurity Installer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <application>DrakX</application> "
+"is <application>Mandrakesecurity</application>'s installation program.  Its "
+"ease of use has been enhanced with a graphical user interface, allowing you "
+"to move forward and backward through the installation and prompting you when "
+"required.  With <application>DrakX</application>, it doesn't matter whether "
+"you're a new user to <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> or an old "
+"pro – <application>DrakX</application>'s job is to give you a smooth "
+"installation and an easy transition into "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:25
+msgid "Very First Installation Welcome Screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"../dx-MNF-welcome.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im1\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"When you begin, the first screen that comes up will present some information "
+"and give you installation options. (<xref linkend=\"dx-welcome\"/>). Doing "
+"nothing will simply begin the installation in normal or <quote>linux</quote> "
+"mode.  The next few paragraphs will go over some options and parameters that "
+"you can pass to the install program if you run into problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:42
+msgid ""
+"Pressing <keycap>F1</keycap> will open a help screen. Here are some useful "
+"options to choose from:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:49 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:60 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:70 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:72 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:96
+msgid "installation options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:50
+msgid "vgalo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"<literal>vgalo</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>if you "
+"tried a default installation and did not see the graphical interface as "
+"shown below in <xref linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>, you can try to "
+"run the installation in low resolution mode. This happens with certain types "
+"of graphics cards, so with <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> we "
+"give you a number of options to work around problems with older hardware.  "
+"To try the installation in low resolution mode, type "
+"<userinput>vgalo</userinput> at the prompt."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:61
+msgid "text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:60
+msgid ""
+"<literal>text</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>if your "
+"video card is very old and graphical installation does not work at all, you "
+"can always choose the text mode installation.  Because all video cards can "
+"display text, this is the <quote>installation of last resort</quote>. Don't "
+"worry though – it's not likely that you'll need to use the text install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:71
+msgid "expert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:73
+msgid "linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><screen>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:83
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "boot: vgalo expert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<literal>expert</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/>in some rare cases, your "
+"PC may appear to freeze or lock-up during the hardware detection phase.  If "
+"that happens, then adding the word <literal>expert</literal> as a parameter "
+"will tell the install program to bypass hardware detection.  Because "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will not scan for hardware, you will need "
+"to manually specify hardware parameters later in the installation.  The "
+"<literal>expert</literal> parameter can be added to the previous modes, so "
+"you may end up specifying <placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"2\"/> to perform "
+"a low resolution graphical install without <application>DrakX</application> "
+"performing a hardware scan."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"Selecting the <literal>expert</literal> mode will ask you for more details "
+"about the installation process, letting you perform a more customized "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:97
+msgid "kernel options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:104 en/uninstall-linux.xml:46
+msgid "commands"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:104
+msgid "mem= xxxM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><screen>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:110
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "boot: linux mem=256M"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"<literal>kernel options</literal>: <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>Kernel options usually aren't required for most machines.  There "
+"are a few cases of motherboards incorrectly reporting the amount of memory "
+"installed due to bugs in the design or in the BIOS.  If you need to manually "
+"specify the amount of DRAM installed in your PC, use the <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/> <command>mem= xxxM</command> parameter. For "
+"example, to start the installation in normal mode with a computer having 256 "
+"<acronym>MB</acronym> of memory, your command line would look like this: "
+"<placeholder type=\"screen\" id=\"2\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"Now that we've gone over what <emphasis>might</emphasis> go wrong, let's "
+"move on to the actual installation process.  When the installer starts, "
+"you'll see a nice graphical interface ( <xref "
+"linkend=\"selectLanguage-fig\"/> ). On the left will be the various "
+"installation steps. Depending on the installation's progress level, some "
+"stages may or may not be available.  If a particular stage is available it "
+"will be highlighted when you move the mouse pointer over it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The colors of the buttons on the left side of the screen let you quickly see "
+"what's going on with the installation:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:129
+msgid "red: this installation phase has not yet been carried out"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:133
+msgid "orange: the installation stage that is currently being processed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"green: this installation stage has already been configured. However, nothing "
+"stops you from going back to a stage that has already been completed if you "
+"need to reconfigure something."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:144
+msgid ""
+"This guide assumes that you are performing a standard, step-by-step "
+"installation, as described below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:152
+msgid "Choosing Your Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:155 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:6
+msgid "The first step is to choose your preferred language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:158 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:9
+msgid "Choosing the Default Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:161
+msgid ""
+"  <imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectLanguage.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im2\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:167 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:187 en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:18 en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:21
+msgid "language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:167
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> Your choice of preferred language "
+"will affect the language of the documentation, the installer and the system "
+"in general."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:171
+msgid ""
+"Clicking on the <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button will allow you to "
+"select other languages to be installed on your workstation, thereby "
+"installing the language-specific files for system documentation and "
+"applications. For example, if you will host users from Spain on your "
+"machine, select English as the default language in the tree view and "
+"<guilabel>Spanish|Spain</guilabel> in the Advanced section."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:180
+msgid ""
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. Once "
+"you have selected additional locales, click the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"button to continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:187
+msgid "setting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:186
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Not all languages listed here are "
+"supported in the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> Web interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:195
+msgid "License Terms of the Distribution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:199
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-license.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im3\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:204
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Before continuing, you should "
+"carefully read the terms of the license. It covers the entire "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> distribution, and if you do not "
+"agree with all the terms in it you should click on the <guibutton>Refuse "
+"</guibutton> button.  This will immediately terminate the installation.  "
+"Clicking on the <guibutton>Accept</guibutton> button will continue the "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:217
+msgid "Disk Detection and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:221
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-setupSCSI.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im4\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:227
+msgid "IDE"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:227 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:259
+msgid "detection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:229
+msgid "PCI SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:230
+msgid "SCSI"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"<application>DrakX</application> will first detect any <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> IDE devices present in your computer. It will "
+"also scan for one or more <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"2\"/> PCI SCSI cards on your "
+"system. If a SCSI card is found, <application>DrakX</application> will "
+"automatically install the appropriate driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will ask you if you have a PCI SCSI "
+"installed. Clicking <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> will display a list of SCSI "
+"cards to choose from. Click <guibutton>No</guibutton> if you know that you "
+"have no SCSI hardware in your machine. If you're not sure, you can check the "
+"list of hardware detected in your machine by selecting <guilabel>See "
+"hardware info </guilabel> and clicking the "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Examine the list of hardware and then click on "
+"the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to return to the SCSI interface "
+"question."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:245
+msgid ""
+"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will ask if you want to configure options "
+"for it. You should allow <application>DrakX</application> to probe the "
+"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the "
+"adapter. Most of the time, <application>DrakX</application> will get through "
+"this step without any issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:252
+msgid ""
+"If <application>DrakX</application> is not able to probe for the options to "
+"automatically determine which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, "
+"you'll need to manually configure the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:258
+msgid "hard disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:265
+msgid "Configuring your Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im5\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:275
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> Usually, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> has no problems detecting the number of "
+"buttons on your mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse "
+"and will configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse "
+"button of a two-button mouse can be <quote>pressed </quote> by "
+"simultaneously clicking the left and right mouse "
+"buttons. <application>DrakX</application> will automatically know whether "
+"your mouse uses a <acronym>PS/2</acronym>, serial or <acronym>USB</acronym> "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:285
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it "
+"from the provided list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:288
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be "
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are correct "
+"and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not working well, "
+"press the space bar or <keycap> Return</keycap> key to "
+"<guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> the test and to go back to the list of "
+"choices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:298
+msgid "wheel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:297
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Wheel mice are occasionally not "
+"detected automatically, so you will need to select your mouse from a "
+"list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to the port that your mouse is "
+"attached to.  After selecting a mouse and pressing the "
+"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> button, a mouse image is displayed "
+"on-screen. Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated "
+"correctly. Once you see the on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your "
+"mouse wheel, test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves "
+"on-screen as you move your mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:313
+msgid "Configuring the Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:318
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-selectKeyboard.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im6\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:323
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Depending on the default language "
+"you chose in <xref linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will automatically select a particular type "
+"of keyboard configuration. However, you might not have a keyboard that "
+"corresponds exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English "
+"speaking Swiss person, you may have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak "
+"English but are located in Québec, you may find yourself in the same "
+"situation where your native language and keyboard do not match. In either "
+"case, this installation step will allow you to select an appropriate "
+"keyboard from a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:336
+msgid ""
+"Click on the <guibutton revision=\"1\">More</guibutton> button to be "
+"presented with the complete list of supported keyboards."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:342
+msgid "Selecting the Mount Points"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:346
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-doPartitionDisks.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im7\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:352
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>At this point, you need to decide "
+"where you want to install the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> "
+"operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or if an "
+"existing operating system is using all the available space you will have to "
+"partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists of "
+"logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible and "
+"can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already "
+"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if "
+"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, <application>DrakX</application> "
+"includes a wizard which simplifies this process. Before continuing with this "
+"step, read through the rest of this section and above all, take your time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:372
+msgid ""
+"If your hard drive has already been partitioned, either from a previous "
+"installation of <application>GNU/Linux</application> or by another "
+"partitioning tool, select the appropriate partitions that you want to "
+"install your Linux system into."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:377
+msgid ""
+"If partitions haven't been configured, you will need to create them using "
+"the wizard. Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are "
+"available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:381
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Use free space</guibutton>: this option will perform an automatic "
+"partitioning of your blank drive(s).  If you use this option there will be "
+"no further prompts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:386
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Use existing partition</guibutton>: the wizard has detected one "
+"or more existing Linux partitions on your hard drive. If you want to use "
+"them, choose this option. You will then be asked to choose the mount points "
+"associated with each of the partitions. The legacy mount points are selected "
+"by default, and for the most part it's a good idea to keep them."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:395
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Use the free space on the Windows partition</guibutton>: if "
+"<application>Microsoft</application><superscript>®</superscript> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application><superscript>©<"
+"/superscript> "
+"is installed on your hard drive and takes all the space available on it, you "
+"have to create free space for Linux data. To do so, you can delete your "
+"<application>Microsoft</application> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and "
+"data (see <quote> Erase entire disk</quote> or <quote>Expert mode</quote> "
+"solutions) or resize your <application>Microsoft</application> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> FAT "
+"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, "
+"<emphasis>provided you previously defragment the "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition and "
+"that it uses the FAT format. Backing up your data is strongly "
+"recommended.</emphasis>. Using this option is recommended if you want to use "
+"both <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> and "
+"<application>Microsoft</application> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on the same "
+"computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:412
+msgid ""
+"Before choosing this option, please understand that after this procedure, "
+"the size of your <application>Microsoft</application> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> partition "
+"will be smaller then when you started. You will have less free space under "
+"<application>Microsoft</application> "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> to store your "
+"data or to install new software."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:420
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Erase entire disk</guibutton>: if you want to delete all data and "
+"all partitions present on your hard drive and replace them with your new "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> system, choose this option. Be "
+"careful, because you will not be able to undo your choice after you confirm."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:432
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Remove Windows</guibutton>: this will simply erase everything on "
+"the drive and begin fresh, partitioning everything from "
+"scratch. <emphasis>All</emphasis> data on your disk will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:443
+msgid "manual formatting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:445
+msgid "partitioning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:445
+msgid "DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:442
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"2\"/> <guibutton>Custom disk "
+"partitioning</guibutton>: choose this option if you want to manually "
+"partition your hard drive. Be careful –– it is a powerful but dangerous "
+"choice and you can very easily lose all your data. That's why this option is "
+"really only recommended if you have done something like this before and have "
+"some experience. For more instructions on how to use the "
+"<application>DiskDrake</application> utility, refer to the <link "
+"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.mandrakelinux.com/en/doc/82/en/user.html/diskdrake.htm"
+"l\">online "
+"documentation for <application>DiskDrake</application></link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:461
+msgid "Choose Partitions to Be Formatted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:467
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-formatPartitions.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im8\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:472
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Any partitions that have been "
+"newly defined must be formatted for use (formatting means creating a file "
+"system)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:477
+msgid ""
+"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to "
+"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those "
+"partitions as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:481
+msgid ""
+"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>pre-existing partitions. You must reformat the "
+"partitions containing the operating system (such as <literal>/</literal>, "
+"<literal>/usr</literal> or <literal>/var</literal>) but you do not have to "
+"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically "
+"<literal>/home</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:490
+msgid ""
+"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on "
+"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover "
+"it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:494
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton> when you are ready to format partitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:497
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> if you want to choose another "
+"partition for your new <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> operating "
+"system installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:501
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> if you wish to select partitions "
+"that will be checked for <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bad "
+"blocks on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:508
+msgid "Actual Packages Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:511
+msgid ""
+"Then comes the actual system installation. The packages list is predefined "
+"and cannot be changed at this time. The time required to complete the "
+"installation depends on the speed of your hardware. An estimate of the "
+"remaining time-to-go will be displayed on-screen to help gauge if there is "
+"sufficient time to enjoy a cup of coffee."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:520
+msgid "Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:525
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-setRootPassword.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im9\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:533 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:533 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:16 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:20
+msgid "password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:530
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> system: you have to enter the "
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/> <literal>root</literal> password. <literal>Root</literal> is the "
+"system administrator and is the only one authorized to make updates, add "
+"users, change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, "
+"<literal>root</literal> can do everything! That is why you must choose a "
+"password that is difficult to guess – <application>DrakX</application> will "
+"tell you if the password that you chose is too easy. As you can see, you are "
+"not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you against.  "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is as prone to operator error as any "
+"other operating system.  Since <literal>root</literal> can overcome all "
+"limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly "
+"accessing the partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to "
+"become <literal>root</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:549
+msgid ""
+"The <application>msec</application> security level is set to "
+"<literal>4</literal> (<quote>high</quote>) by default. The password should "
+"be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and must be at least 8 characters "
+"long. Never write down the <literal>root</literal> password –– it makes it "
+"too easy to compromise a system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:557
+msgid ""
+"One caveat –– do not make the password too long or complicated because you "
+"must be able to remember it!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:561
+msgid ""
+"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce "
+"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password "
+"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this "
+"<quote>incorrect</quote> password will have to be used the first time you "
+"connect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:569
+msgid "Administrator Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:572
+msgid ""
+"You are then asked to enter the password for the system administrator "
+"(login: <literal>admin</literal>). It is differentiated from the "
+"<literal>root</literal> user, for security reasons, and also because it may "
+"not be the same person. It is that <literal>admin</literal> account that "
+"will be required to access the <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> "
+"Web interface. The criterion for choosing this password are the same as for "
+"the <literal>root</literal> password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:583
+msgid "Adding a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:588
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-addUser.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im10\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:593
+msgid ""
+"All necessary users have already been added, and you shouldn't need adding "
+"more users for normal <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> "
+"operations. However, if you plan to use the <application>squid</application> "
+"<acronym>PAM</acronym> authentication feature, you can add here the users "
+"that will be authorized."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:600
+msgid ""
+"The first field asks you for a real name. Of course, this is not "
+"mandatory –– you can actually enter whatever you "
+"like. <application>DrakX</application> will use the first word you typed in "
+"and copy it to the <guimenu>User name</guimenu> field, which is the name "
+"this user will enter to log onto the system. If you like, you may override "
+"the default and change the username. The next step is to enter a "
+"password. From a security point of view, a non-privileged (regular) user "
+"password is not as crucial as the <literal>root</literal> password, but that "
+"is no reason to neglect it by making it blank or too simple: after all, "
+"<emphasis>your</emphasis> files could be the ones at risk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:612
+msgid ""
+"You can then choose to make that user member of one or more special groups "
+"that will give him special priviledges. Check the button for the priviledges "
+"you want for that user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:617
+msgid ""
+"Once you click on <guimenu>Accept user</guimenu>, you can add additional "
+"users. Select <guimenu>Done</guimenu> when you have finished adding users."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:631
+msgid "Configure your Local Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:636
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-configureNetwork.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im11\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:641
+msgid ""
+"You will now set up your local network connection (<acronym>LAN</acronym>).  "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> will attempt to autodetect "
+"network devices and modems. If this detection fails, uncheck the "
+"<guilabel>Use auto detection</guilabel> box."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><warning><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:648
+msgid ""
+"Even though many connection types are offered here, do not configure your "
+"Internet connection now. You should now limit yourself to configuring the "
+"<literal>Ethernet</literal> <acronym>LAN</acronym> access, so that you can "
+"later connect to the administration interface and configure other "
+"connections easily through it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:656
+msgid ""
+"We will not detail each configuration option –  just make sure that you have "
+"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, "
+"etc. from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:662
+msgid ""
+"You will be able to configure all your other network interfaces (Internet, "
+"<acronym>DMZ</acronym>, etc.) later on through "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:671
+msgid "Where Should You Place the Bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:676
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-setupBootloaderBeginner.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im12\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:681
+msgid ""
+"You must indicate where you wish to place the information the bootloader "
+"requires to boot to <application>GNU/Linux</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:684
+msgid ""
+"Unless you know exactly what you are doing, choose <guibutton>First sector "
+"of drive (MBR)</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:687
+msgid ""
+"You are then presented the different boot entries that will be proposed at "
+"system boot. You can modify them here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:693
+msgid "Boot Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:698
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-createBootdisk.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im13\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:703
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Mandrakesecurity</application> <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym> "
+"has a built-in rescue mode. You can access it by booting the "
+"<acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>, pressing the <userinput>F1</userinput> key at "
+"boot and typing <userinput>rescue</userinput> at the prompt.  If your "
+"computer cannot boot from the <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>, there are at least "
+"two situations where having a boot floppy is critical:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:712 en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:805 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:17 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:21 en/uninstall-linux.xml:42
+msgid "bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:715 en/uninstall-linux.xml:52
+msgid "MBR"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:711
+msgid ""
+"when installing the <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>bootloader, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will rewrite the boot sector (<placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/><acronym>MBR</acronym>) of your main disk "
+"(unless you are using another boot manager), to allow you to start up with "
+"either <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> or "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> (assuming you have "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> on your "
+"system). If at some point you need to reinstall "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application>, the "
+"<application>Microsoft</application> install process will rewrite the boot "
+"sector and remove your ability to start "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application>!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:724
+msgid ""
+"if a problem arises and you cannot start "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> from the hard disk, this <placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>floppy will be the only means of starting up "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application>. It contains a fair number of system "
+"tools for restoring a system that has crashed due to a power failure, an "
+"unfortunate typing error, a forgotten root password, or any other reason."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:732
+msgid ""
+"If you say <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>, you will be asked to insert a disk in "
+"the drive. The floppy disk must be blank or have non-critical data on it – "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will format the floppy and will rewrite the "
+"whole disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:740
+msgid "Installing Updates from the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:744
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-MNF-installUpdates.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im14\" revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:749
+msgid ""
+"At the time you are installing <application>Mandrakesecurity</application>, "
+"it is likely that some packages have been updated since the initial "
+"release.  Bugs may have been fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you "
+"to benefit from these updates, you are now able to download them from the "
+"Internet.  Choose <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> if you have a working Internet "
+"connection, or <guibutton>No</guibutton> if you prefer to install updated "
+"packages later."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:758
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guibutton>Yes</guibutton> displays a list of places from which "
+"updates can be retrieved. Choose the one nearest you. A package-selection "
+"tree will appear: review the selection, and press "
+"<guibutton>Install</guibutton> to retrieve and install the selected "
+"package(s), or <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to abort."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:769
+msgid "It's Finished!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:774
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-MNF-exitInstall.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-MNF-im15\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:779
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>There you are. Installation is now "
+"complete and your <application>GNU/Linux</application> system is ready to "
+"use. Carefully write down the <acronym>URL</acronym> given in that dialog, "
+"it's the address you'll have to use in your Web browser to access the "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application> Web interface with "
+"<literal>admin</literal> account. Now, just click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
+"twice to reboot the system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:792 en/uninstall-linux.xml:3
+msgid "How to Uninstall Linux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:795
+msgid "The uninstallation process consists of two steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:800
+msgid ""
+"Delete all partitions on your hard drive and replace them by a single "
+"<acronym>FAT</acronym> partition with <application>DiskDrake</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:806 en/uninstall-linux.xml:7 en/uninstall-linux.xml:11 en/uninstall-linux.xml:44
+msgid "uninstall"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:805
+msgid ""
+"Uninstall the <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> bootloader "
+"(generally <application>GRUB</application>) from the Master Boot Record "
+"(<acronym>MBR</acronym>). To do so, boot under "
+"<application>DOS</application> and run the <command>fdisk /mbr</command> "
+"command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:810
+msgid ""
+"If you have another <acronym>OS</acronym>, please consult its documentation "
+"to determine how to perform the same step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: en/drakx-MNF-chapter.xml:816
+msgid ""
+"Goodbye, and thank you for using "
+"<application>Mandrakesecurity</application>!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Format Disks with DiskDrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the "
+"installation of your <application>Mandriva Linux</application> system. If "
+"partitions have already been defined, either from a previous installation of "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> or by another partitioning tool, you "
+"can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive partitions must be "
+"defined."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select the "
+"disk for partitioning by clicking on <quote>hda</quote> for the first IDE "
+"drive, <quote>hdb</quote> for the second, <quote>sda</quote> for the first "
+"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> drive and so on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:24
+msgid "To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Clear all</guibutton>: this option deletes all partitions on the "
+"selected hard drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Auto allocate</guibutton>: this option enables you to "
+"automatically create <acronym>ext3</acronym> and swap partitions in the free "
+"space of your hard drive"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:40
+msgid "<guibutton>More</guibutton>: gives access to additional features:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Save partition table</guibutton>: saves the partition table to a "
+"floppy. Useful for later partition-table recovery if necessary. It is "
+"strongly recommended that you perform this step."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Restore partition table</guibutton>: allows you to restore a "
+"previously saved partition table from a floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Rescue partition table</guibutton>: if your partition table is "
+"damaged, you can try to recover it using this option. Please be careful and "
+"remember that it doesn't always work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:65
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Reload partition table</guibutton>: discards all changes and "
+"reloads the partition table that was originally on the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:71
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Removable media auto-mounting</guilabel>: unchecking this option "
+"will force users to manually mount and unmount removable media such as "
+"floppies and <acronym>CD-ROM</acronym>s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:77
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Wizard</guibutton>: use this option if you wish to use a wizard "
+"to partition your hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good "
+"understanding of partitioning."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:82
+msgid "<guibutton>Undo</guibutton>: use this option to cancel your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Toggle between normal/expert mode</guibutton>: allows additional "
+"actions on partitions (type, options, format) and gives more information "
+"about the hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>: when you are finished partitioning your hard "
+"drive, this will save your changes back to disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition size "
+"by using the <keysym>Arrow</keysym> keys of your keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the "
+"partitions using <keycap>Tab</keycap> and the <keycap>Up/Down</keycap> "
+"arrows."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:109
+msgid "When a partition is selected, you can use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>c</keysym></keycombo> to create a "
+"new partition (when an empty partition is selected)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:117
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>d</keysym></keycombo> to delete a "
+"partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"<keycombo><keysym>Ctrl-</keysym><keysym>m</keysym></keycombo> to set the "
+"mount point"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"To get information about the different file system types available, please "
+"read the <acronym>ext2FS</acronym> chapter from the <citetitle>Reference "
+"Manual</citetitle>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-partition_with_diskdrake-sect1.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS "
+"<quote>bootstrap</quote> partition of at least 1<acronym>MB</acronym> which "
+"will be used by the <application>yaboot</application> bootloader. If you opt "
+"to make the partition a bit larger, say 50<acronym>MB</acronym>, you may "
+"find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for "
+"emergency boot situations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:12
+msgid "Deprecated - Choose FAT Partition to Be Resized"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:19
+msgid "resize"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> More than one "
+"<application>Microsoft</application> partition has been detected on your "
+"hard drive. Please choose the one which you want to resize in order to "
+"install your new <application>Mageia</application> operating system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\", "
+"\"Capacity\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\", "
+"\"partition number\" (for example, \"sda1\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:32
+msgid "\"Hard drive type\" is \"sd\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  (mentioning SCSI doesn't seem needed anymore - Marja) if it is a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drive.
+#. I rewrote it and added it back - MrsB
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"This is standard for hard drives now and has nothing to do with SD Memory "
+"Cards. Hard drives were previously prefixed \"hd\" for IDE drives or \"sd\" "
+"for SATA drives but they are all now prefixed with \"sd\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:40
+msgid "\"Hard drive number\" is actually a letter and always follows \"sd\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:43
+msgid "\"a\" means \"first hard drive\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:48
+msgid "\"b\" means \"second hard drive\";"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:53
+msgid "and so on..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-resizeFATChoose-sect1.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> (the first "
+"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Installation Class"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"This step is shown only if an existing <application>GNU/Linux</application> "
+"partition is found on your machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"dx-selectInstallClass.png\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectInstallClass-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:16
+msgid "class"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><application>DrakX</application> "
+"now needs to know if you want to install from scratch or upgrade your "
+"existing <application>Mageia</application> system:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:27
+msgid "upgrade"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Upgrade</guilabel>.<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>If "
+"you have an older <application>Mageia</application> operating system, this "
+"option allows you to upgrade it. Your existing partitioning scheme and user "
+"data won't be altered. Most of the other configuration steps remain "
+"available and are similar to a standard installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  Removed - simon, grenoya and marja think it is not needed: - For the most part, this
+#.     completely wipes out the old system. However, depending on your
+#.     partitioning scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data
+#.     (particularly <literal>
+#. /home</literal> directories) from being
+#.     overwritten. If you wish to change how your hard drives are
+#.     partitioned, or to change the file system, you should use this
+#.       option.
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectInstallClass-sect1.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Install</guilabel>. Use this option for everything except "
+"upgrading an existing Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Configuring the Keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"DrakX shows one or more keyboards, depending on which language(s) you have "
+"chosen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectKeyboard.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectKeyboard-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/>Depending on the language you chose (see <xref "
+"linkend=\"drakxid-selectLanguage\"/>), <application>DrakX</application> "
+"automatically selects a particular type of keyboard configuration. Verify "
+"that the selection suits you or choose another keyboard layout. If you don't "
+"know which layout your keyboard has, look in the specifications that came "
+"with your system, or ask the computer vendor. You can also look here: <link "
+"xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" "
+"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout\">"
+"en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Keyboard_layout</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton "
+"revision=\"1\">More</guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard "
+"there. Note that after having chosen your keyboard, you will return to the "
+"first screen and it'll seem that a keyboard from this first screen was "
+"chosen. You can safely ignore this and go on, the keyboard you chose from "
+"the full list will now be configured!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next "
+"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding which will switch the "
+"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectKeyboard-sect1.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Additional information: You may have a keyboard which does not correspond "
+"exactly to your language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss "
+"native, you may have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are "
+"located in Québec, you may find yourself in the same situation where your "
+"native language and country-set keyboard don't match. In either case, this "
+"installation step will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Choosing your Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectLanguage.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectLanguage-im1\" revision=\"4\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>First open the tree relative to "
+"the continent you are located in, and then choose the language you "
+"speak. Your language choice will affect the installer, the documentation, "
+"and the system in general."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"Click the <guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> button near the botom of "
+"the list to go to the screen to select additional languages for your "
+"workstation, thereby installing the language-specific files for system "
+"documentation and applications. For example, if Spanish friends are to use "
+"your machine, select English as the default language in the first screen and "
+"<guilabel>Español</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> "
+"screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"You are advised to install the language of your keyboard and the language of "
+"the country you live in as additional languages if they are not the same as "
+"your preferred language."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"About <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> (unicode) support: Unicode is a character "
+"encoding intended to cover all existing languages. <application>Mageia "
+"Linux</application> uses <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> by default for all "
+"languages"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"If you know UTF-8 encoding doesn't work well for your language, tick the box "
+"<guilabel>Old compatibility (non-UTF) encoding</guilabel> at the top of the "
+"<guilabel>Multiple languages</guilabel> screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:48
+msgid "Be aware that this will then apply to all languages on your system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You "
+"may choose several, or even install them all by selecting the <guilabel>All "
+"languages</guilabel> box. Selecting support for a language means "
+"translations, fonts, spell checkers, etc. will also be installed for that "
+"language. Make sure you select all languages which are likely to be useful "
+"on the machine now, it may be difficult to configure support for languages "
+"not chosen at install time at a later date."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectLanguage-sect1.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"To switch between the various languages installed on your system, you can "
+"launch the <command>localedrake</command> command as <literal>root</literal> "
+"to change the language used by the entire system. Running the command as a "
+"regular user will only change the language settings for that particular "
+"user."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:3 en/drakx-selectSerialPort-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Configuring your Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-selectMouse.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-selectMouse-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/>Usually, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> has no problems detecting the number of "
+"buttons on your mouse. If it fails to properly recognize it, it assumes you "
+"have a two-button mouse and will configure it for third-button "
+"emulation. The third-button mouse button of a two-button mouse can be "
+"obtained by simultaneously clicking the left and right mouse "
+"buttons. <application>DrakX</application> will automatically know whether "
+"your mouse uses a <acronym>PS/2</acronym>, serial or <acronym>USB</acronym> "
+"interface."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"If you have a 3-button mouse without a wheel, you can choose a "
+"<guilabel>with Wheel emulation</guilabel> "
+"mouse. <application>DrakX</application> will then configure your mouse so "
+"that you can simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button "
+"and move your mouse pointer up and down."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it "
+"from the list provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"You can select the <guilabel>Universal | Any PS/2 &amp; USB mice</guilabel> "
+"entry to choose a <quote>generic</quote> mouse type which will work with "
+"nearly all mice."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If you choose a mouse other than the default one, a test screen will be "
+"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are correct "
+"and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse isn't working well, "
+"press the <keycap>space</keycap> bar or <keycap>Enter</keycap> key to cancel "
+"the test and you will be returned to the mouse list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:49
+msgid "Wheel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectMouse-sect1.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"Occasionally wheel mice are not detected automatically, so you will need to "
+"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to "
+"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and "
+"pressing the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button, a mouse image will be "
+"displayed on-screen. Scroll the mouse wheel to ensure that it is correctly "
+"activated. As you scroll your mouse wheel, you will see the on-screen scroll "
+"wheel moving. Test the buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves "
+"on-screen as you move your mouse about."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-selectSerialPort-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Please select the correct port. For example, the <literal>COM1</literal> "
+"port under <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> is "
+"named <literal>ttyS0</literal> under <application>GNU/Linux</application>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
+msgid "drakxservices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata width=\"80%\" xml:id=\"drakxservices-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"drakxservices.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx-setRootPassword.png\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-setRootPassword-im1\"></imagedata> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:25
+msgid ""
+"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> system: you must enter the "
+"<literal>root</literal> password. <literal>Root</literal> is the system "
+"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users, "
+"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, "
+"<literal>root</literal> can do everything! That's why you must choose a "
+"password which is difficult to guess: <application>DrakX</application> will "
+"tell you if the password you chose is too simple. You're not forced to enter "
+"a password, but we <emphasis>strongly</emphasis> encourage you to do so.  "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> is just as prone to operator error as "
+"any other operating system. Since <literal>root</literal> can overcome all "
+"limitations and unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly "
+"accessing the partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to "
+"become <literal>root</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8 "
+"characters long. Never write down <literal>root</literal>'s password — it "
+"makes it far too easy to compromise your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"One caveat: don't make the password too long or too complicated because you "
+"must be able to remember it!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"The password won't be displayed on screen as you type it. To reduce the "
+"chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password twice. If "
+"you do happen to make the same typing error twice, you will have to use this "
+"<quote>incorrect</quote> password when you try to connect as "
+"<literal>root</literal>, at least for the first time."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:57
+msgid ""
+"You can change the way users are authenticated on your computer by clicking "
+"on the <guibutton>Authentication method</guibutton> button. The following "
+"authentication methods are available:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Local file</guilabel>. Use a local file for all authentication and "
+"user information. This is the default method."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:71 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:75
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:73 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:86 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:103 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:107
+msgid "authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>LDAP</guilabel>. Use an <acronym>LDAP</acronym> server "
+"for some or all authentication needs. An <acronym>LDAP</acronym> directory "
+"consolidates certain types of information within your organization."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:84 en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:88
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>NIS</guilabel>. Authenticates users against a "
+"<acronym>NIS</acronym> domain. This allows you to run a group of computers "
+"in the same <acronym>NIS</acronym> domain using a common password and group "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:96
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Smart Card</guilabel>. Uses <application>SmartCard</application> "
+"hardware for providing authentication services."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:105
+msgid "PDC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:109
+msgid "Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/><guilabel>Windows Domain</guilabel>. Uses a "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> domain "
+"controller to provide authentication services through <application>Active "
+"Directory</application>, <application>Microsoft</application>'s "
+"implementation of <acronym>LDAP</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:119
+msgid ""
+"If you select a method other than <guilabel>Local file</guilabel>, you will "
+"be asked to provide some parameters, which vary from one method to the "
+"other. If you don't know those parameters, you should ask your network "
+"administrator."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-setRootPassword-sect1.xml:125
+msgid ""
+"If you happen to have problems remembering passwords, or if your computer "
+"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody "
+"who uses your computer, you can choose to have <guibutton>No "
+"password</guibutton>.  Please bear in mind that this is an insecure option, "
+"and it is not recommended."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Installing a Bootloader"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-setupBootloader.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakxid-setupBootloaderBeginner-im1\" "
+"revision=\"1\" width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:18 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:25
+msgid "LILO"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:22 en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:28
+msgid "GRUB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"A bootloader is a small program which is started by the computer at boot "
+"time. It's responsible for starting up the whole system. Normally, the "
+"bootloader installation is totally "
+"automated. <application>DrakX</application> will analyze the disk boot "
+"sector and act according to what it finds there:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"If a <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> boot "
+"sector is found, it will replace it with a "
+"<application>GRUB</application>/<application>LILO</application> boot "
+"sector. This way you will be able to load either "
+"<application>GNU/Linux</application> or any other <acronym>OS</acronym> "
+"installed on your machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"In any other case it will ask you where it should place the boot "
+"loader. Generally, the <guilabel>First sector of the drive (MBR)</guilabel> "
+"is the safest place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupBootloaderBeginne-sect1.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Choosing <guilabel>Skip</guilabel> won't install a bootloader. Use this "
+"option only if you know what you're doing."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:3
+msgid "Hard Disk Detection and Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<application>DrakX</application> will first attempt to detect any "
+"<acronym>IDE</acronym> and <acronym>SATA</acronym> devices present in your "
+"computer. It will also scan for one or more <acronym>PCI</acronym> "
+"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> cards. If a <acronym>SCSI</acronym> card is found, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> will attempt to install the correct driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"However, because hardware detection is not foolproof, "
+"<application>DrakX</application> may fail to detect your "
+"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> hard drives. If so, you mayl need to specify your "
+"hardware."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If you have had to specify your <acronym>PCI</acronym> "
+"<acronym>SCSI</acronym> adapter(s), <application>DrakX</application> will "
+"ask if you want to pass configuration options to it. Allow "
+"<application>DrakX</application> to probe the hardware to determine any "
+"card-specific options needed to initialize the adapter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<application>DrakX</application> will usually complete this step without "
+"issues."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"If <application>DrakX</application> cannot automatically determine the "
+"parameters to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually configure "
+"the driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupSCSI.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"How you determine these parameters is beyond the scope of this help screen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Configuring X, the Graphical Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx-configureX.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" xml:id=\"BId-drakx-setupX-im3\" revision=\"2\" "
+"width=\"11.5cm\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:13
+msgid "X Window System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><application>X</application> (for "
+"X Window System) is the heart of the <application>GNU/Linux</application> "
+"graphical interface on which all the graphical environments "
+"(<application>KDE</application>, <application>GNOME</application>, "
+"<application>AfterStep</application>, "
+"<application>WindowMaker</application>, etc.) bundled with "
+"<application>Mageia</application> rely on."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You will see a list of different parameters which you can change in order to "
+"optimize your graphical display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:27
+msgid "Graphic Card"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"If everything works fine, the installer should detect and configure the "
+"video card installed on your machine. If the detection or configuration is "
+"incorrect, you can choose the card installed on your system from a list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:44
+msgid "Monitor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:46
+msgid ""
+"If the installer fails to detect or configure your monitor properly, you can "
+"choose from this list the monitor which is connected to your computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:53
+msgid "Resolution"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your "
+"graphics hardware. Choose the one which best suits your needs (you will be "
+"able to make changes after the installation). A sample of the chosen "
+"configuration will be shown in the monitor picture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:64
+msgid "Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><note><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:68
+msgid "Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"The system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired resolution. If "
+"you see the test message during the test and answer <guimenu>Yes</guimenu>, "
+"then <application>DrakX</application> will proceed to the next step. If you "
+"don't see it, it means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was "
+"incorrect and the test will automatically end after a few seconds and return "
+"you to the menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:85 en/harddrake2.xml:66
+msgid "Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
+#: en/drakx-setupX-sect1.xml:88
+msgid ""
+"This step allows you to choose whether you want your machine to "
+"automatically switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you may "
+"want to select the <guilabel>No</guilabel> option if your machine is to act "
+"as a server, or if you were not successful in getting the display "
+"configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-takeOverHdChoose-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Choose drive to install Linux on"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-takeOverHdChoose-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new "
+"<application>Mageia</application> partition. Be careful, all data on this "
+"drive will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:3
+msgid "Deprecated - Confirm data deletion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.  The arrows aren't on the button anymore -marja -&#x0003E;
+#.  -&#x0003E;
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Next</guibutton> if you want to delete all data and "
+"partitions present on this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> you will not be able to recover any data and "
+"partitions present on this hard drive, including any "
+"<application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></application> data."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. &lt;-
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/drakx-takeOverHdConfirm-sect1.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Click on <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> to quit this operation without "
+"losing data and partitions present on this hard drive."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
+msgid "Hardware configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
+msgid "harddrake2"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"harddrake2.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"harddrake2-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
+"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
+"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
+"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in "
+"<code>ldetect-lst</code> package."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
+msgid "The window"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
+msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
+"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
+"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"The right column displays information about the selected device.  The "
+"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
+"about the content of the fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
+"available at the bottom of the right column:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
+"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
+"used by experts only."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
+"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
+"enable automatic detection:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
+msgid "modem"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
+msgid "Jaz devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
+msgid "Zip parallel devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
+msgid ""
+"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
+"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
+"be operational the next time this tool is started."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
+msgid "keyboarddrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"keyboarddrake.png\" xml:id=\"keyboarddrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
+"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on "
+"Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can "
+"be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
+"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
+msgid "Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
+"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
+"layout should be used for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
+msgid "Keyboard Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
+"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:10
+msgid "Manage localization for your system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:13
+msgid "localedrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"localedrake.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"localedrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
+"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
+"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
+"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
+"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
+"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
+"countries not listed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:38
+msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:42
+msgid "Input method"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
+"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
+"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
+"Korean, etc)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:48
+msgid ""
+"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
+"users should not need to configure it manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/localedrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
+"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
+"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:3
+msgid "View and search system logs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:5
+msgid "logdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"logdrake-im1\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"logdrake.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
+"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system "
+"logs</guilabel>\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:22
+msgid "To do a search in the logs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:24
+msgid ""
+"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to "
+"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s)  "
+"to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is "
+"possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of "
+"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected "
+"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> "
+"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the "
+"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by "
+"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
+"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools.  These logs are "
+"updated each time a configuration is modified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:43
+msgid "To configure a mail alert"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
+"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
+"address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:49
+msgid ""
+"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail "
+"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> "
+"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the "
+"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to "
+"look watch. (See screenshot above)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:55
+msgid "The following services can be watched :"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:59
+msgid "Webmin Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:63
+msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:67
+msgid "FTP Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:71
+msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:75
+msgid "SSH Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:79
+msgid "Samba Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:83
+msgid "Xinetd Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:87
+msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:90
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"logdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
+"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
+"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
+"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
+"to 3 times the number of processors."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/logdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
+"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
+"or on the Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:5
+msgid "Mageia Test Document"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:8
+msgid "Testing testing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This is a <application>Mageia</application> test document. This is an "
+"absolute minimal format XML document.  As you can see: It's not very "
+"complex..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"I nicked the container from an old <application>Mandriva</application> XML "
+"document and have been using it to play with XML rather than alter any of "
+"the main documentation files.  <note userlevel=\"beginner\">"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:15
+msgid "This is an interesting note with a revision tag.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:18
+msgid "This is the first item in a list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mageia-doc-readme.xml:19
+msgid "This is the second item"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
+msgid "Software Packages Update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
+msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"MageiaUpdate-im1\" "
+"align=\"center\" fileref=\"MageiaUpdate.png\" format=\"PNG\" /> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management.</emphasis>¶"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18
+msgid ""
+"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with "
+"rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you "
+"are prompted to do so."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
+"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
+"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
+"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:28
+msgid ""
+"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
+"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
+"means you can click to drop down a text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:20
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"MageiaUpdate1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
+"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> "
+". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-boot.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-boot-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
+"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
+msgid "Configure boot steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
+msgid "Hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-hardware.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-hardware-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
+"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
+msgid "Manage your hardware"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure "
+"hardware</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
+msgid "Configure graphics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop "
+"effects</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
+msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
+msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
+"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
+msgid "Others"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
+msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options to choose from "
+"in the left column. Each of these options gives a different set of tools "
+"that can be selected in the big right panel."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"The eight following chapters are about those eight options and the related "
+"tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"The titles of those pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
+"screens."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
+"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
+msgid "Local disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-localdisks-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-localdisks.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
+"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
+msgid "Network Services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" "
+"fileref=\"mcc-networkservices.png\" format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" "
+"xml:id=\"mcc-networkservices-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
+"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
+"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
+"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
+msgid "Network Sharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mcc-networksharing-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"mcc-networksharing.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
+"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
+msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
+"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
+msgid "Configure NFS shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
+msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
+msgid "Network and Internet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"mcc-network.png\" xml:id=\"mcc-network-im1\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
+"below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
+msgid "Manage your network devices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
+msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
+msgid "Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-security.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-security-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
+"link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
+"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
+msgid "Sharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"mcc-sharing.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"mcc-sharing-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
+"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
+"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
+"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:4
+msgid "System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:8
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mcc-system.png\" "
+"xml:id=\"mcc-system-im1\" revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:13
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
+"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:18
+msgid "Manage system services"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:20
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:24
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:35
+msgid "Localization"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:37
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:48
+msgid "Administration tools"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:54
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:58
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:62
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/mcc-system.xml:66
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
+#: en/MCC.xml:4
+msgid "Mageia Control Center"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
+"3.0 license <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">"
+"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"This manual was produced with the help of the <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link "
+"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
+#: en/MCC.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link "
+"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation "
+"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
+msgid "Configure updates frequency"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
+msgid "mgaapplet-config"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"mgaapplet-config-im1\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"mgaapplet-config.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software "
+"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / "
+"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder "
+"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
+"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check.  The "
+"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is "
+"out."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
+msgid "mousedrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"mousedrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"mousedrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
+"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
+"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
+"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
+"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\"' is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
+"immediately taken into account."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:3
+msgid "msecgui"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:7
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"msecgui-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"msecgui.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/msecgui.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
+msgid "rpmdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:10
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"rpmdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"rpmdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
+"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
+"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
+"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
+"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
+"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
+"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
+"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
+"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
+"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
+"included in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
+msgid ""
+"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref "
+"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:39
+msgid "The main parts of the screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:51
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
+"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
+"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
+"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
+"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:61
+msgid ""
+"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
+"probably do not want command line or specialist tools.  Since you're reading "
+"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
+"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> "
+"</firstterm>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:73
+msgid ""
+"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
+"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
+"not installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:79
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:81
+msgid ""
+"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
+"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
+"in the packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:87
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
+"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
+"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
+"box ."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:102
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
+"sub categories."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:109
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
+msgid ""
+"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
+"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
+"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
+"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:121
+msgid "The status column"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
+"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
+"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
+"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
+"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
+"uncheck the box before the package name and click on "
+"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
+msgid "Icon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:141
+msgid "Legend"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:148
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:153
+msgid "This package is already installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:158
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:163
+msgid "This package will be installed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:168
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:173
+msgid "This package cannot be modified"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:178
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183
+msgid "This package is an update"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake6.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:193
+msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:131
+msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
+msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:203
+msgid ""
+"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
+"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
+"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:211
+msgid ""
+"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
+"with a down arrow status icon will appear and and it will be installed when "
+"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
+msgid "The dependencies"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:223
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"rpmdrake7.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/rpmdrake.xml:229
+msgid ""
+"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
+"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
+"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
+"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
+"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
+"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
+"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
+"install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:3 en/sample-page-simple.xml:10
+msgid "Simple sample page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:7
+msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>note</emphasis> icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
+#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:12
+msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>tip</emphasis> icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:17
+msgid "Paragraph with <emphasis>warning</emphasis> icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-icons.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>If you want to use other icons, make sure you import some cc-by-sa "
+"ones first.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:6
+msgid "Sample page with itemized list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:11
+msgid ""
+"If you want to copy this list to your page, don't forget to adjust the page "
+"names and paragraph numbers in the code"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:15
+msgid "First item on the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:20
+msgid "Second item on the list"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/sample-page-itemized-list.xml:25
+msgid "Etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:8
+msgid "Sample page with picture"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"Look at the xml code of this page to see how the picture below was inserted"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/sample-page-picture.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" fileref=\"dx2-license.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" align=\"center\" xml:id=\"acceptLicense-im1\"></imagedata> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:9
+msgid "Sample page with several sections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:11
+msgid "This is the first section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:12
+msgid "This section is nested in a section that covers the whole page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:20
+msgid "This is the second section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"In html you can link to it by adding #second-section to the link to this "
+"page"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:25
+msgid "This is the third section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-sections.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"And this section will be shown when going to "
+"<code>/sample-page-sections#third-section</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:12
+msgid ""
+"TEST3: Again writing a line to test whether version number is increased on "
+"saving this file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"You can use this page to make another simple page, but if you do so, don't "
+"forget to not only change the name of this file, but to change the page name "
+"in the code of this page, too"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"Everywhere where you see <code>sample-page-simple</code> in the code, you "
+"should change that into your page name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/sample-page-simple.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"If you want to make more paragraphs, copy one and change its number in the "
+"code, for instance <code>pa3</code> to <code>pa4</code> and then change the "
+"content. It is possible to put a paragraph between existing ones by adding a "
+"letter to the number, e.g. <code>pa2a</code>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
+msgid "Set up scanner"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
+msgid "scannerdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
+"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes "
+"scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this "
+"computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
+msgid ""
+"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install "
+"<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:43
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im1\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
+"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
+"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
+msgid ""
+"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
+"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
+"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
+"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
+"scanner manually</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
+msgid ""
+"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
+"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:68
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake2.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im2\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click "
+"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: "
+"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
+msgid "Choose port"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake3.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im3\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
+msgid ""
+"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available "
+"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that "
+"case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
+"similar to the one below."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
+msgid ""
+"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref "
+"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake4.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im4\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
+msgid "Scannersharing"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:121
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake5.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im5\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
+"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
+"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
+"this machine."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
+"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
+"this computer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
+msgid ""
+"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
+"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake6.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im6\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
+msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:152
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake7.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im7\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
+msgid ""
+"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
+"machines."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:163
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake8.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im8\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
+msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:174
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"scannerdrake9.png\" "
+"format=\"PNG\" revision=\"1\" xml:id=\"scannerdrake-im9\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
+msgid ""
+"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
+"offers to do it."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
+msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
+msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
+"\"net\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
+msgid ""
+"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
+msgid "Specifics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
+msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
+msgid ""
+"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
+"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
+"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device "
+"Manager</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
+msgid "Epson"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
+msgid ""
+"Drivers are available from <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">"
+"this "
+"page</link>. When indicated, you must install the "
+"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
+"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
+"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
+"ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
+msgid "Extra installation steps"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
+"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
+"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
+msgid ""
+"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
+"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
+"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
+"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
+"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
+msgid ""
+"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
+"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
+msgid ""
+"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the "
+"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
+msgid ""
+"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
+"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
+msgid "Software Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/software-management.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"software-management-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"software-management.png\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software "
+"management. Click on a link below to learn more."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:17
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:20
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your "
+"system</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:23
+msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/software-management.xml:26
+msgid ""
+"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
+"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
+msgid "Install and configure a printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
+msgid "system-config-printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:15
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata revision=\"1\" align=\"center\" "
+"xml:id=\"system-config-printer-im1\" format=\"PNG\" "
+"fileref=\"system-config-printer.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
+"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
+"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
+"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
+"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
+"and openSUSE."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
+msgid ""
+"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
+"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked "
+"for."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
+msgid ""
+"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
+"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
+"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
+msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
+msgid "task-printing-server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
+msgid "task-printing-hp"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
+"dependencies are needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
+msgid ""
+"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
+"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
+"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
+"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line.  The window "
+"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
+msgid "Automatically detected printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
+msgid ""
+"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
+"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click "
+"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
+"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
+"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
+"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
+msgid "No automatically detected printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:75
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
+"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
+"options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
+msgid "Select printer from database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
+msgid "provide PPD file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
+msgid "search for a driver to download"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
+"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
+"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
+"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
+"which know to work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
+msgid "Complete the installation process"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
+"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
+"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
+"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
+"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
+"printers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
+msgid "Network printer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
+"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
+"another workstation that serves as printserver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
+"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
+"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
+"one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
+msgid ""
+"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
+"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
+"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
+"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
+"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
+"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
+"after \"HWaddr\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
+msgid ""
+"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
+"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
+"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
+"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
+"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
+"says \"host\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
+msgid ""
+"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
+"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
+"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
+msgid ""
+"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
+"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
+msgid "Network printing protocols"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
+"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
+"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
+"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
+"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the "
+"IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" "
+"can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like "
+"<emphasis>hp:/net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed "
+"IP-adress is not required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
+msgid ""
+"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
+"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
+"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
+"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
+"the same as above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><mediaobject>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:179
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"printer5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
+msgid "The other protocols are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
+"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
+"some ADSL-routers."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
+"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol.  The port has to be "
+"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
+"with TLS secured protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
+"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
+"connected to a station using LPD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
+"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
+msgid ""
+"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
+"the URI:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
+msgid "Appsocket"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
+msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
+msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
+msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
+msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
+msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
+msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"Additional information can be found in the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS "
+"documentation.</link>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
+msgid "Device Properties"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
+msgid ""
+"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
+"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
+"system, but you can specify a different one with the "
+"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, "
+"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters "
+"of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | "
+"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
+msgid "Troubleshoot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
+msgid ""
+"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
+"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
+msgid ""
+"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the "
+"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
+"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to "
+"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package "
+"is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, "
+"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report "
+"the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this "
+"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer "
+"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other "
+"up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
+msgid ""
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/downl"
+"oad_prn.html\">This "
+"page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver "
+"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
+msgid ""
+"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one "
+"devices</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
+msgid ""
+"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
+"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
+"<link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>.  "
+"The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the "
+"<guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\""
+">configuration</link> "
+"for the management of the printer."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
+"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
+"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate).  In this "
+"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
+"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device.  Afterwards, "
+"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
+"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
+msgid ""
+"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> "
+"for the QPDL protocol."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
+msgid ""
+"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link "
+"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this "
+"search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the "
+"\"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin "
+"package can also be available and is to install. Choose the "
+"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
+msgid ""
+"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
+"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
+#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
+msgid ""
+"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
+"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
+msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
+msgid "transfugdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:16
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"transfugdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"transfugdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> "
+"</imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
+"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> "
+"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
+msgid ""
+"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
+"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
+"explanation about the tool and import options."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
+msgid ""
+"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
+"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
+msgid ""
+"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
+"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
+"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
+"than yours own."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:50
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
+"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special "
+"symbols can be displayed incorrectly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
+msgid ""
+"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
+"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
+"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using "
+"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the "
+"import purposes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the accounts selection press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import documents:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:79
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark "
+"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My "
+"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My "
+"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the "
+"appropriate item in this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
+msgid ""
+"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
+"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
+"to import bookmarks:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:94
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
+"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
+msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake4.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
+"button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
+"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/transfugdrake.xml:127
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"transfugdrake5.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:10
+msgid "Mandrakelinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:6
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"1\"/> If for any reason you want to uninstall "
+"<application>Mageia</application>, you can do so. The process of "
+"uninstalling <application>Mageia</application> is done in two steps:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:19
+msgid ""
+"Removing partitions on your hard drive will inevitably result in the loss of "
+"all data stored on those partitions. Please make sure you've backed up all "
+"of the data you want to keep <emphasis>before</emphasis> proceeding."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"Delete all partitions related to <application>Mageia</application> on your "
+"hard drive (usually partitions hosting <acronym>ext3</acronym> file systems "
+"and the <systemitem>Swap</systemitem> partition)  and — optionally — replace "
+"them with a single partition using "
+"<application>DiskDrake</application><phrase condition=\"Starter\" "
+"xml:id=\"BIdNEW-uninstall-linux-ph1\" revision=\"1\"> (see <xref "
+"linkend=\"diskdrake\" />)</phrase>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><secondary>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:48
+msgid "lilo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para><indexterm><primary>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:50
+msgid "Master Boot Record"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:41
+msgid ""
+"Remove<placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"0\"/><placeholder "
+"type=\"indexterm\" id=\"1\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" "
+"id=\"2\"/><placeholder type=\"indexterm\" id=\"3\"/> the bootloader, "
+"<application>LILO</application> in this example, from the Master Boot Record "
+"(<acronym>MBR</acronym>). To do so, execute <command>lilo -U</command> in a "
+"console, as <literal>root</literal>. Doing this will not only uninstall "
+"<application>LILO</application> but will also restore the previous master "
+"boot record, if any."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/uninstall-linux.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"If you have a different boot loader, please refer to its documentation to "
+"determine how to regenerate the master boot record."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:11
+msgid "Users and Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:13
+msgid "userdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"userdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"fileref=\"userdrake.png\" align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:23
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:22
+msgid ""
+"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
+"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
+"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
+"(ID, shell, ...)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
+"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
+"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:35
+msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:37
+msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:40
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake1.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:45
+msgid ""
+"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
+"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
+"or nothing as well!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:49
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:52
+msgid ""
+"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly "
+"recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the "
+"password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should "
+"use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The "
+"shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
+"you entered what you intended to."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:62
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
+"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
+"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
+"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
+"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
+"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:73
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:75
+msgid ""
+"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
+"group ID."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:78
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:80
+msgid ""
+"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
+"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:86
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake2.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:91
+msgid ""
+"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account.  "
+"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
+"accounts."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:95
+msgid ""
+"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
+"as the account is locked."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:98
+msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:100
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
+"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
+"password periodically."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:105
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"userdrake3.png\"/> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:110
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
+"that the user is a member of."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:114
+msgid ""
+"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
+"effective until his/her next login."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:118
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:120
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
+"group name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:123
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
+"users who are members of the group"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:126
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:128
+msgid ""
+"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears "
+"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private "
+"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:133
+msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:136
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:138
+msgid ""
+"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
+"refresh the display."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:141
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/userdrake.xml:143
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
+"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
+"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
+"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
+"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
+"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
+"account</guimenu>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
+msgid "Set up the graphical server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
+msgid "XFdrake"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:9
+msgid ""
+"<imageobject> <imagedata xml:id=\"XFdrake-im1\" revision=\"1\" "
+"align=\"center\" format=\"PNG\" fileref=\"XFdrake.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
+msgid ""
+"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
+"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> "
+"as root. Mind the capital letters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
+msgid ""
+"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
+"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
+"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>.  <placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
+"id=\"0\"/>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:23
+msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:25
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:27
+msgid ""
+"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
+"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
+"one with a proprietary driver."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:31
+msgid ""
+"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
+"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
+"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
+"Xorg</guilabel>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:37
+msgid ""
+"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
+"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
+"in your Desktop Environment."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
+msgid ""
+"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
+"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
+"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:39
+msgid ""
+"</note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you "
+"want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for "
+"example)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:45
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
+msgid ""
+"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
+"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
+"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
+"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:54
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:56
+msgid ""
+"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
+"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><mediaobject>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:60
+msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"XFdrake1.png\" /> </imageobject>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:59
+msgid ""
+"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>The image of the monitor in the "
+"middle gives a preview with the chosen configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:66
+msgid ""
+"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
+"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
+"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
+"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
+"select an uncomfortable setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:72
+msgid ""
+"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
+"another one."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:76
+msgid ""
+"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
+"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:83
+msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
+msgid ""
+"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
+"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
+"graphical environment doesn't work."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:90
+msgid ""
+"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
+"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
+"XFdrake's text version."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:93
+msgid ""
+"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't "
+"want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything "
+"is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:97
+msgid "Options:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable "
+"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to "
+"restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:103
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
+"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
+msgid ""
+"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
+"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon "
+"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it "
+"may be unchecked for a server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type: Content of: <section><para>
+#: en/XFdrake.xml:112
+msgid ""
+"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
+"you to confirm.  There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
+"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
+"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
+msgstr ""
+